Home

User`s Guide - Emerson Climate Technologies

1. z Z GT LO0Z 60 S7 t0 Z0 L00Z 60 97 N uw D N J o D N Z SO 2007 60 97 0 91 L00Z 60 0 Z0 00Z 60 97 3 You can keep the Shift button down and then click the mouse inside the co ordinate system to zoom in by a pre defined step both axes are affected 4 You can keep the Alt button on the keyboard down and then click the mouse inside the co ordinate system to zoom out by a pre defined step both axes are affected Note that in both zoom directions there are limits so you can t just keep zooming You will see that when using the scroll wheel or when zooming in steps 3 and 4 above both axes are zoomed simultaneously Scrolling Unless you have zoomed out to the limit scroll bars occur within the co ordinate system 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 136 User s Guide B 9 4 horizontal and or vertical In such case you can e scroll horizontally to change to another duration of time e scroll vertically to change the span of the Y axis You can scroll in the following ways 1 Move the mouse cursor inside the co ordinate system and then drag in any direction RACKO000094 ContainerTrend lol x fl RACKO000094 ContainerTrend O x Online M Online ee RACK0000094 Aes RACK0000094 2 YORKMP3000 Bie YORKMP3000 M Humidity MV Humidity Be Online IZ Supply Ambient Humidity Supply1 V Supply Setpoint
2. 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The Container Details 119 Comments to Container Event Log Referring to the example above note that e A few general events are logged to all container event log files because they are considered directly relevant to each container An example is the temperature setpoint delta changed in the first event in the figure You will see that the Scope is not Container for these events e All events with Scope Container and Item Description showing the specific container ID are logged for this container only plus the general event list e When the location of the container is Known this is added to the Item description You will see that when the container database record is created causing the Creation event the location is never shown 7 11 Sub page Communication Overview The Communication sub page shows all data related to the power cable communication related to the actual container PONLU4A901975 Summary Alarms 0 Operations Data Events Communication Location 420684 Communication data Operating mode Normal Piei LastPoll4nsw 2012 06 14 10 25 57 Carrier Microlink 2 2ifS LastPollTrvyUTC 2012 06 14 10 25 55 Logins 1 Masthet fe Masthode 11 Modern MEI SEA 0348 4310 Msgcount 1320 NoResp Oo Online True You can print export 122 the communication data by selecting the print button upper right
3. Here you in fact decide whether to run an automatic update by keeping all check marks or a new installation by clearing all check marks 18 7 Updating a plug in Overview This section describes how software updates of plug ins 240 delivered with REFCON are detected decided and carried out This also may apply to third party software utilising the REFCON Data Sernicel 20 if so decided by the software developer however here we shall only refer to the term plug in In any case it only works as described below if the plug in is installed on the REFCON Main PC lf the REFCON Main PC is connected to the Internet any plug inI 20 will periodically check for updates several times a day It will automatically detect if a new version of the plug in has been released When an update is detected it is not automatically installed In stead user is informed through the REFCON Monitor and has to make the decision and give a command to have the update installation done Detecting that an update is available When a plug in detects an update you are informed through a dialog box appearing in the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Understanding and Maintaining REFCON 29 REFCON Monitor Updates available REFCON has found updates available for the following plug ins ICS REFCON Interface plug in vers 1 2 Please turn to the Refcon Manager application running on
4. Import Container Plan Note that REFCON must be stopped for these functions to be enabled This is done from The Supervision tabl zs Backup function The Backup function available from the REFCON Manager works exactly like the one available from the REFCON Monitor see The Backup Functionf 391 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Manager 265 Restore function The Restore function is your tool to have data saved with the Backup function reloaded into REFCON You would normally need this after a REFCON re installation only Proceed as follows 1 Stop REFCON 2 Click Restore The following dialog appears Please locate the back up file to restore from Ed Look in E Desktop O d ei My Documents My Computer My Recent a My Network Places al Documents Debug E c Shortcut to ClickOnceBaseDir Desktop My Documenta Mi Computer ier w RO ae File name i Places Files of type REFCON Backup files zip Lancel Ee 3 Locate the backup zip file and click Open 4 Wait for the data to load 5 Start REFCON Export configuration The Export configuration function available from the REFCON Manager works exactly like the one available from the REFCON Monitor see Configuration Export 471 Import configuration The Import configuration function is your tool to have data save
5. Selected fixed The exported file always has the same name Printer It is overwritten at each job run e Selected yymmddN The file is given a name composed of two parts first the text you select in the file name field for example Morning report second the year 2 digits month and day followed by a serial number resulting example third job that day Morning report 1105133 pdf yymmddN The file is given a name composed of the year 2 digits month and day followed by a serial number for example third job that day 1105133 pdf Paper orientation only if Select Portrait or Landscape With many columns in the list target is Printer or Pdf landscape normally gives the best result Timing type and time Select one of the options selections e Once the job runs at the selected Start date and time and is then deleted e Recurring limited the job starts at the selected Start date and time It repeats at the selected time interval At the selected End date and time the job is deleted Recurring unlimited the job starts at the selected Start date and time It repeats at the selected time interval It keeps repeating until you remove it LMT or UTC Select if the date and time s you select must be according to LMT or UTC The background scheduler The job s being listed in the Automatic Print Export Administrator windowl 124 are checked a few times a minute by a background scheduler runnin
6. In the section the two types of alarms can occur e There can be any number of Alarm s selected from list To remove one click it in the list and the select the Remove button If an alarm is grayed in the list it has already been removed but awaits acknowledgement e There can be one Typed alarm text in the above example the words This is a free text alarm were typed in at the RDC unit Select the Remove button to have it removed without using the RDC unit You will have to acknowledge the alarm before it actually disappears 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I REFCON Data Collector 187 13 1 1 RDC Preparation Selection Overview Preparation Selection means making the RDC unit ready for your next inspection round You select which containers to include in the RDC list and the sorting order walk route Note that it is possible to include non RDC monitored containers that is containers that are or starts communicating Such containers receive data via the power lines and therefore the data you may collect using the RDC unit will be ignored of course only where conflicts are detected The RDC Preparation Selection dialog You make your choices in the following dialog RDC preparation selections Define how containers are selected Containers that never communicated Containers with alarms Include containers missing data CO Special reefers g Use specified
7. If you click this button you are asked if you are sure If so the list returns to it s standard last saved version and your changes are discarded 2 2 The Performance Bar Purpose The purpose of the Performance Bar is to help you perform your job even smarter It guides you in your daily work as it emphasises where your effort is most needed and gives easy access to the lists of containers that mostly need your attention Also it could help the work planner to estimate the work load and similar Overview The Performance Bar consists of a vertical bar with up to six coloured areas together with list entries and textual indications Containers in alarm A ie Alarms 11 Not monitored containers missing modems nae Gontor iransi Not monitored containers with modems Modem Missing 43 i mnie lightblue and Monitored containers with obsolete data Modem Available 60 orange area respectively Percentage Monitored and OK Obsolete 7 Containers monitored by RDC with no alarms Containers monitored by PCT with no alarms Number of green containers Monitored and OK 615 736 Number of planned containers You may additionally experience the Performance Bar in any of the following special cases 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 26 User s Guide i No containers at all Monitoring is perfect Critical system alarm s Monitored and OK 0 0 Monitored and OK 744 134 S
8. It is therefore possible to e assign personal User ID and Password e assign specific rights to each User ID Each time important operations are done the User ID that was used is logged Security levels The User Authentication system can be configured to work at any of the following security levels a e O ep High Similar to level 3 however administration and security configuration is restricted as decided by the customer Standard Any privileged action requires user ID and security password and it is logged who does what The administrator password is available in the online help Who did Logging on is very easy as no passwords are what only used except for security configuration It is logged who does what No security Any user having access to the REFCON Monitor can do everything except security configuration and it is not logged who does what 3 1 User Authentication in daily use Overview You are prompted for user ID and password when you need it so generally you will not have to think very much about User Authentication Remember to log off if you want to make sure that no other user can do things in your name Who is logged on You can at any time see who is actually logged on to this REFCON Monitor in the upper left 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B User Authentication 51 corner of the REFCON Monitor To the left no user is logged on whil
9. Configuration export chunks The whole set of files that can be exported are divided into the following chunks Included information Chunk all tabs Settings from REFCON cs All data selected in the REFCON Setup dialog box Setup 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS a2 User s Guide I Alarm Priorities and A The file AlarmPrioritiesAndCategories xml which can Categories be edited externally with greatest caution Note that alarm priorities are not used in this REFCON version Container Plan PP The one or two files defining the Container Planl 78 Custom Container Lists C All the possible unlocked Container Lists having been addedI 631 to your REFCON U User Roles All the User Roles 50 defined in your REFCON User Roles and User All the User Roles and Accounts 50 defined in your Accounts REFCON If you work with personal user accounting you should not copy this chunk The Configuration export dialog box The Configuration export dialog box looks like this Configuration Data Export Use thie window to export selected configuration The exported data can later be imported to other REFCON svsteme Using the Refcon Manager application running on the Main PC thus simplifying the process of making more REFCOM systems work identically Select which items to include Include all settings From REFCOM Setup Include Alarm Priority and Category settings Include Container P
10. LJ Page pe erage of the paper among others In the case Setup Setup that text is truncated changing to landscape might be a solution 8 2 Automatic Print Export Overview This function allows the user to have any Container List or the Alarm Summary automatically printed and or exported at selected intervals and time points The user can set up any number of such printing jobs The jobs decided by a user on a specific PC with a specific Windows logon is separate from any other jobs and they work only while that PC is running AND that Windows user is logged on AND the REFCON Monitor is running This is because on different PCs and to different Windows users it can differ what printers and network drives are available The Automatic Print Export Administrator window To set up automatic print export jobs select Auto print export from the File menu File Tools Settings Help Backup Configuration export Print Export Ctrl P Auto print export k Exit This opens the Administrator window While no jobs have been created it looks like this i Print Export Administration 7 U Defined print export jobs Note that the print export jobs specified above will only work while the REFCON Monitor is up and running on THIS PC with the CURRENT Windows user logged on Here you would select the Add button to create your job s When one or more jobs are defined they appear like this 2
11. Recommended inspection schedule Your normal data collection and setpoint checking schedule would look like this Receive container Planning data To be able to prepare the RDC with the from the Planning System correct list of containers and their locations Await that all relevant containers With RDC you will normally only deal with have had time to start containers that do not communicate on the communication power lines but this is your decision Place the RDC unit in the Note that if you have more than one docking station being connected REFCON PC the RDC unit is connected to to REFCON a specific one of them 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I REFCON Data Collector os Aion Comments YO Select which containers to You do this from the RDC Preparation include in the preparation list Selection 1271 dialog box on that particular the selection PC Select the order in which you This requires one or more walk routes to be intend to visit the containers the specified once for all Normally this is done walk route at commisioning time Prepare the RDC that is send the You may observe file transfer progress on sorted preparation list to the RDC both REFCON and the RDC unit unit 7 Do your manual inspection That is carry the RDC unit to the containers round in the order stated in the display For each container check the Compare controller s setpoints with t
12. 140 140 141 138 138 Event logging 138 Events page in Container Details Exporting automatically 124 Exporting data 122 External interfaces 118 245 F Fax number 8 Filter Builder 69 Finding a Ghost Container Flow chat 217 Folder sharing 44 Four pole monitoring Alarms 196 Columns in lists Configuration 221 196 197 198 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g Four pole monitoring 196 Graphical indication 197 Maintenance 198 RDC 198 Settings 196 G Ghost container 219 221 Global monitoring 144 GMS 144 Setup 145 Trouble shooting 150 GMS data 144 H Handling mode 94 Harbour mode 94 Harbour mode indication 94 Hardware components 23 7 overview 23 7 Historic data logging Container History menu 132 Event Log 138 Event logging 138 Introduction 130 Periodic logging 131 Scrolling 135 Setup 130 Tabular View 136 Trend window 134 Zooming 135 Historic Log 115 Opening 137 How to Use the Filter Builder 69 ID is missing alarm 97 ID is wrong alarm 97 Import Containers dialog 161 Installation and update 245 Installation name 11 Installation set 246 Installing REFCON6 247 Introduction to REFCON6 8 Index 277 J Jobs for print export 124 L LED appearance examples 232 Legends in Container Plan 80 Legends Container Item 108 License file 11 LMT 32 Locating the Modem 230 Log on and off to REFCON 50 Logging data periodic
13. Click the button to have the options menu displayed 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Planning System Communication Interface 171 Read file Re read all online Send all online Info Here e The Read file can be used to import a Planning data file manually 160 This might be useful should the automatic interface fail e The Re read all online i7 and the Send all online 771 commands are described below e The Info command displays the Planning System Interface Live Monitor 1771 The Re read all command Though data are transferred automatically from the Planning System to REFCON whenever changes occur you can trig a full re transfer by selecting the Re read all online command in the options menul 1701 Having entered the command and accepted the warning a request is sent from REFCON to the Planning System which should then start re sending data for all planned containers one by one This may take a few minutes to complete The Send all command Use the Send all online command in the options menul 1701 to trig that Reefer Monitor messages see belowl 1721 are sent to the Planning System for every single reefer container in REFCON s database Note that normally this is not necessary if Timer based data transmissionl173 has been selected Overview of transferred data The Planning System Communication Interface transfers data from the Planning
14. REFCON Data Collector Digital Input Output alarm extension Remote container operations enabled Danbuss on Com The following settings are applied Value Maxinium number of REFLOM Moritors 5 Maximum number of simultaneously communicating reeter containers 1100 Update expiration date 2020 12 22 Update URL http update myrefcon comrefcon Expected number of AMM Masters Expected number of AS2L4N units Hote Anp hind af change fo fhe above pefhingr requires Ghat you obtain a nen dicenre File Meare wre the buttons Delos for contact infonnadia Contact Info in Help Contact Info on Web l Note that the Installation Name and corresponding textual information is not included in the viewer as this is shown in the caption of the REFCON Monitor 1 4 Using the Online Help Overview In the Help menu select the Help option to have the online help displayed The Help window appears 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 4 u Guid ser s Guide E7 User s Guide we gt 0g lt Buttons Hide Back Fowad Home Print Contents Index Search Favorites amp OY Sees Contact information EMERSON Purposes and User Roles 2 REFCON 6 configurations Using the Online Hel x a sea Monitor r Key subjects in this topic In Related topics x User Authentication About us box Introduction The Container List Inf The Alam System nformation pane The Container Details
15. Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 204 User s Guide Z 15 The Email Notification function Overview The optional Email Notification function allows REFCON to alert about container alarms and possible other decided events by sending emails The different types of alarms can be categorised so that for instance only selected alarms do cause emails to be sent Also it is possible to have alarms of different categories sent to different email addresses Action categories and Notification groups The Email Notification function is based on a general action function The connection between these functions can be illustrated as follows All containers A and E setpoints differ o Carrier Compressor Motor Failure 1 d p 1 Ration Nore Thermo King Defrost too often 2 Description Send email cat various 7 Alarm definitions Actions Notification groups Alarm Alarm Action group ute oy Description Send email cat setpoints Recipient s rec1 some1 com Condition Action category 0 Template Standard REFCON 5 en US Description Send email cat machinery Condition Action category 1 Recipient s rec2 some2 com Template Standard REFCON 5 en US me Description Some other action Fe Condition Action category 1 Recipient s rec3 some3 com Template Standard REFCON 5 en US ccc
16. e In the REFCON Setup dialog 301 you decide about the event logging file location and archiving parameters e In the Event Log 138 window you watch the events found in the general event log You can use Standard list facilities to search and sort the events e In the Container Details Events tabl 118 you watch the events found in the specific container event log Event log storage housekeeping In this version of REFCON 6 the general event log storage is limited to 10000 events When the storage is full a new event automatically makes the oldest event removed from the storage The individual container log file is literally unlimited It is archived and a new started according to the log file philosophy so Event Log Overview The Event Log is a list showing the most recent events as defined in Event logging overview 138 Event Log to X Event description Event type New value Old value Unit Item description Scope Trigging Trigger UTC time v LMT time E Device never connected Alarm to Normal RMM Master 1 5 System System REFCON 12 03 2010 10 28 35 12 03 2010 11 28 35 010 Heater current too high New alarm DEM01002526 flocation unk Container Container Thermo King 12 03 2010 10 26 32 12 03 2010 11 28 32 020 Defrost time too long New alarm DEM01002526 flocation unk Container Container Thermo King 12 03 2010 10 28 32 12 03 2010 11 28 32 030 Bypass valve fail New alarm DEM0100252
17. handled by the Container handling model 94 In terminals user can e Select an alarm delay For example if you normally update Planning data every 4 hours you could select a delay of 4 hours to avoid unintended alarms e Disable the alarm This is necessary if you intendedly operate with unplanned containers See also Alarm Options setupl 100 6 8 User generated alarms Overview You can create an alarm related to a specific container in two ways e By selecting the User Alarm button in the Container Details see below e Using the optional RDC please refer to the separate section of the user s manual The alarm text you write appears exactly as you write it in the Alarm Summary and the Event Log Alarm Summary af a e Containers having alarms Count 17 Your alarm text C2 T2748 pemMot01258 This is a user alarm example a ee ee Event Log Se Event description Your alarm text Event type HM Ole Unit Item description Scope Your User ID 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Alarm System 99 Creating a user alarm To create a user alarm make sure the desired container is selected in the Container Details Then click the User Alarm button under the Container Details Summary tab Summary Alarms 0 Setpainks click one to change Commands Hi Temperature 6 0 SE aneh Ds es an Defrost 17 User Alarm Load Port AAR
18. 194 User s Guide I 3 Click Open The file is validated and in case of troubles you are informed 4 Select the Show button next to the Browse button to make sure the file was imported all right 5 Select the Prepare and save as Quick button to have the imported walk route saved in REFCON Note REFCON can only store one walk route at a time Importing another custom walk route or starting to use the default walk route makes REFCON forget the one you first imported Therefore make sure you keep the external text file if you ever would use it again 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Four pole monitoring EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 196 User s Guide Z 14 Four pole monitoring Overview Four pole monitoring is an optional extension to REFCON 6 allowing supervision of a reefer container through three binary signals Compressor Running Defrosting and In range The binary signals are read through dedicated hardware modules called FMM units Fourpole Monitoring Modules being connected to REFCON by power line communication A four pole monitored container may also be power line monitored if it has a power line modem attached Also it can be additionally monitored by the optional RDC Using four pole monitoring All you have to do in your daily work is to plug in and later out the four pole cables
19. 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The Alarm System 95 Moe Symbol Bollard Relevant alarms are suspended Propeller Relevant alarms are enabled Changing the mode To change the handling mode click the mode indicator in the Top Panel In the drop down menu that appears select the new mode If requested enter user name and password 6 5 Temperature setpoint supervision Overview Provided that expected temperature setpoints are available from the Planning System and that the supervision function is enabled 100 it works as follows For all containers in the database REFCON continuously supervises the actual temperature setpoints received from the container controllers and compares them to the expected setpoints received from the Planning System If for any specific container the difference between the two is greater than Delta 100 the Actual and Expected setpoints differ alarms is released Note that this is a very important alarm because it indicates that the cargo might be kept at a wrong temperature level How to act upon this alarm When the Actual and Expected setpoints differ alarm occurs it is important that you carry out the following steps 1 Find out if the expected setpoint is wrong or the actual setpoint is wrong or both 2 lf the expected setpoint is wrong change this at the Planning System and await the Planning data update which you might have
20. 50 are as follows When Security is configured as shown in above figure all checkboxes A a selected you operate at security level 3 lf you de select Use passwords you change to security level 2 If you de select Enable User Authentication you change to security level 1 If you consider it important that one user can not do things in the name of another user make sure Log users off by timeout is selected and the Actual log off time is as small as possible User Authentication Setup access When trying to change anything under the Security tab illustrated above you are prompted for user ID and password As standard the user account SecurityAdm has the permissions to change the User Authentication configuration SecurityAdm is a special account that is not changeable or removable As standard the password of SecurityAdm is LSKEY It is possible to create users with same permissions as SecurityAdm At security level 2 you can not enter a Password Note D D D a At security level 4 the password mentioned above will not work External documentation will describe how to get access in this Case 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The Container List EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies se User s Guide Z 4 The Container List Overview The Container List is a list showing selected da
21. Share name Permitted main PC user x l Adduser Included if sharing can be selected Cancel As indicated the contents of the dialog box differs depending on the context In the upper part you see the drives and folders that are available to the Data Engine 233 program on the REFCON Main PC If you need to select a network drive folder that is not available select Manage network drives 45 You may also create a new folderl 4 1 Use the small buttons to expand relevant parts of the folder structure Click the desired folder or if relevant the desired file to select it You will see that the folder path and if relevant the file name appear in the respective textboxes lf you are selecting a folder on the Main PC harddisk that is going to be accessed from an external computer you need to share itl 4 Having completed your changes click OK to apply these and close the dialog box Manage network drives To obtain access to a network drive folder that is not already on the list select the Manage network drives button This opens the following dialog box Add Remove network drive Drive letter E Drive path e g WServerhane Sharehane Cancel 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 46 User s Guide i Proceed as follows 1 Select a vacant drive letter for example F 2 Type the full path to the external computer s folder As shown start wit
22. Using Advance and Retard When in the Clock Configuration the main rule 2 has been selected in combination with LMT set by advance retard buttons the Clock Setting dialog box opens with two large buttons and a More button Set Local time LMT REFTON time affected only Retard 60 min Advance 60 min biore Close The number of minutes displayed on the buttons is selected in the Clock Configuration Clicking either of the large buttons will e Advance or Retard the LMT the shown number of minutes e Close the dialog box Advancing and Retarding affect the REFCON time only not the Windows clock Clicking the More button will change to an extended version of the Clock Setting dialog box The Advance and the Retard button will at the same time slightly change behaviour as described below Advance Retard buttons and LMT Offset in extended dialog When the More button is selected as described above the Advance Retard field changes to the following Set Local time LMT REFCOM time affected only Retard 60 min Advance 60 min Set LMT offset max 12 hours to UTC iz0 ES minutes Here clicking either of the large buttons will temporarily change the LMT offset shown just below the buttons You may alternatively type an LMT Offset or use the small arrow buttons to change it in steps of 5 minutes In any case you must select OK or Apply to activate your changes Doing so affects the REFCON time only not the Win
23. You musk update REFCON First In this case you are not allowed to update the plug in until you have updated REFCON 6 27 Normally a REFCON 6 update is already available in this case 18 8 REFCON Setup Overview The REFCON Setup dialog box is used for setting up system parameters As you see eg in the figure below the dialog box consists of several tabs each including a number of parameters and options Some of the tabs are described below others are described in relevant parts of the manual Certain tabs are only available if the corresponding options are enabled in the License filel 17 The number of tabs might be so high that not all are visible In this case use the two small arrow buttons upper right to scroll horizontally Automatic Cleaning Up parameters Under the Automatic Cleaning Up tab of the REFCON Setup dialog box you can enable or disable automatic deletion of unplanned containers zsa 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 252 User s Guide Z REFCON Setup Automatic Cleaning Up Sryrsteeenisies Enable automatic deletion of unplanned containers after loss of connection Configuration Delay fram communication stop to deletion 02 00 hours Do not delete while container has unacknowledged alarms When enabled as in the example in the figure you can further choose e The delay field The time hours minutes to wait before doing the deletion in the examp
24. best to your requirements are going to re use or modify a complex list filter Click the icon in the Side panel You should carefully write a name for your version 64 that 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 64 User s Guide Z see an Comments clearly describes what is it s purpose to you and other users Alternative In stead of the icon you can use the Save list as command Alternative Install a pre defined list see above 63 2 Change the settings of the Container List as described below 3 Save the layout in any of the following ways If the version you are setting up e From the Shortcut menul 30 or the options is locked the Save list menul 59 select Save list changes changes option is greyed and e Or close the Container List and select Yes you are not asked when the when asked whether to save Container List is closed Selecting the name for your version When you create a new Container List version it is important that you carefully select a name that clearly describes it s purpose Remember that the name appears in the Side panel along with others To you and other users the name will be the only means to decide which version to open The name that you select can only consist of letters digits and spaces Special characters are not allowed Selecting the order of the columns You can drag the band headers or the column headers with the mouse
25. only containers that are marked Special and have alarms are selected Alms gt 0 Or Special Checked gt all containers that are marked Special or have alarms or both are selected Not Alms gt 0 And Special Checked gt all containers that are not marked Special or do not have any alarms are selected Not Alms gt 0 Or Special Checked gt all containers that are not marked Special and do not have any alarms are selected Add Condition Adds a condition row same as There are two condition rows in clicking the addition symbol above Filter Builder example Both advanced examples below have two groups Adds a new group of conditions Remove Group Removes a group of conditions eG Column name selection Clicking a column name eg Alms opens a dialog box with all available columns container data fields including those not displayed in the actual Container List 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g Select column to use Find column by bard Configuration Controller Defrost Diagnostics Humidity Machinery Marifest Bulb mode Client Contents Defr interval Defr temperature Disch Fort Drain Fan set LoadPort Hote Size DES 02 OU Exp U2 SP Obsolete Online OnlineD ata F p mode Up state Op sub mode FD age PO deleteF ailed Power off Power on ROC note AO C
26. 222 below to clear the ghost 17 2 1 2 Change of Container ID Change procedure When you are absolutely sure which container to rename to what ID proceed as follows 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Modem Troubleshooting 223 Change from REFCON PC Change at container Change Container ID from REFCON _ eS for certain controller types Modem renee dy list x hy Location Is Not full And Temp SP Exp Is Not Null And f0 Edt Fiter jj Record So i49 HH 4 BADUT654321 Bj summary Alem 2 1 Opeeptions BIR Location EO Setpoints cick one to change Tempere 43 autres no 75 0 sare Curent assumed wong ID BADU7654321 Enter new comect ID s0mU1234567 Please confirm the following operation L jJ BADU7654321 Y Change Container ID to SOMU1234567 4 iter new corect ID somu1234567 Cx Ca xh cancel Change Container ID at container Eg MP 3000 MPC2000 Other controllers Please refer to the Controller Manual You might need to use a LogMan or similar OOOO OOUG Controller Standard Info Locatkn Contin lD E 020242 cRLUIENSSeO Wer HSE some time Pe WoO Recond 6 of 731 17 2 2 Symptom No Data from Container Overview The figure below shows the most common reasons when no data are read from a container even though it is communicating Note that the container ID might be correct and thereby the locat
27. 3 If you are not sure about the container ID and the container is still in REFCON s database you can in stead open the Container List 58 or the optional Container Plan 781 and find the container of interest Right click the container and select Show historic data graph from the Shortcut menul 30 to have the graphical window opened Understanding the Container trend When just opened the Container trend appears like this showing data from the latest 24 hours or the selected range APMU2957263 ContainerTrend Online Temp SP APMU2957263 Supply Carrier Microlink 2 213 Scroll Return Online E Temp SP Supply Return Show data points C Show labels Pu bu oS o Lo Ww jmi j Pa Pa als Ln E m m rd ce Goa m e In the caption of the window and in large font above the co ordinate system the affected container s ID is shown e Upper left all available data points have been enabled all checkboxes are checked e Lower left it has been chosen to show data points the dots on the curves but not to show 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Historic data logging 135 labels no value readings at each dot e Upper right the colours used for each data point are indicated e Below the X axis the UTC log times are indicated Understanding the dots When Show data points is checked lower left dots are shown on each
28. 3 phase power and nection to controller used power inlet earth connection LEDs i t e z I 24Vpowerand PES leas communication 2 U 8 ee an Er CO ribbon cable i LED interpretation The LEDs can be interpreted as follows Description No power POWER Green 24V AC or DC power on Power cable is correct wired 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS User s Guide Z i color seus oeann O o ACTIVITY Flashing High Data Rate activity is detected at the power line Of o No power cable communication is detected High Data Rate activity is detected at the power line TRANSMIT Yellow Flashing Communication in progress with a Master on the PCT Di n network No communication in progress Internal malfunction has occurred Normal operation RESET CTRL Green Flashing Controller connected valid container ID found USER or Green The container is logged on to a master with normal PCT parameters The RMM is reset Turns off after a while Searching for a connected controller Controller connected controller does not have a valid ID Of Normal operation Flashing Ready to log on On Off On Off Off On Off On On Off Between 15 and 60 minutes has passed since last device poll As 60 minutes is reached the unit resets and gets ready to log on LED appearance examples You often can obtain useful information
29. All containers Filker only Exclude containers w unknown locations due to planning data Exclude ghost containers no planning data and dry reefers Please generate ADC list from a Container List a Use selected Container List Meaning JOC recoded saloon and temperatures sel be ignored Vite coana communicaies when ite GOC a refute Define how containers are sorbed walk route Alphabetical by container ID l Browse Prepare without saving Cancel In the upper part you select which containers to include in the preparation list In the lower part you select the sorting order walk route Having made your choices select one of the Prepare buttons to have the preparation list generated and if not empty sent to the RDC unit e The left Prepare button also saves your choices so that you can very easily repeat it the next time you are going to prepare e The right Prepare button makes your choices used only this time selecting Cancel will dismiss your possible choices and the RDC unit is not prepared 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 188 User s Guide Z Using filter list or both To the left in the upper part of the dialog the first three radio buttons decide whether to Use filter Use list or both To use list you have to generate a list from the Container List see below If you select Use filter and list the result will limit to containers that both are
30. Anne Hansen lt hansen othercompany com In the left side the available Notification groups are listed In the present REFCON 6 version there is a fixed number of 4 Notification groups available Out of the box these are named as shown above At each notification group in the list a status indication is found e no recipient means that no emails will be sent in this group because no email address has been selected e disabled means that no emails will be sent in this group because the Group enabled check mark has been removed e Neither of the above means that the group is active To make any change to a notification group select it in the list This makes the details of the group appear in the right side of the dialog box Here you can e See the Group ID being the link to the specified action category 204 of each alarm e Change the Group name When you select this field you get a change warning because the out of the box text actually matches the specified out of the box action categories so change with care Apart from this you can enter any string to wish e Decide if the group is to be enabled If you remove the check mark no emails will be sent in this group e Choose the template by selecting one in the list e Decide the email recipients by setting or removing check marks to the already defined recipients If a recipient is missing in the list use the Add recipient 20s 206 button Your possible chan
31. ApS B The Alarm System s Alarms generated by REFCON REFCON provides the following types of alarms e All REFCON hardware is supervised In case of malfunction an alarm is released e All communication interfaces are supervised If for example information that should be retrieved is not so or information that should be transmitted can not be so alarms are released e User generated alarms 981 e Various function alarms are described in relation to the respective functional descriptions REFCON will generate alarm on behalf of the container controller in the following cases where the controller would not itself have the necessary data to do the alarm decision e Expected temperature setpoint differs from actual setpoint 951 e Modem does not communicate with the controller e Container ID is missing or wrong 9 e Communication has stopped possible loss of power 95 Alarm handling Your main activities regarding alarms would be e Inspecting an Alarm Summary 89 to find the reason for a new alarm and more As regards container alarms you may in stead inspect the optional Container Plan e Acknowledging alarms see Acknowledging a container s alarms 891 below and Acknowledging alarms 9 e Taking action to solve the problem causing the alarm e De acknowledgingl 9 an alarm if relevant Acknowledging a container s alarms In addition to the Alarm Summary you can acknowledge a container s alarms from the
32. Container Details ne Further you can acknowledge a container s alarms directly from pictures where the container occur typically the Container List 581 and the optional Container Plan To do so right click the container In the Shortcut menul 30 select Acknowledge container alarms This makes a container alarm overview appear Acknowledge alarms a Unacked alarms on DEMO1O00021 a O10 Heater current too high O20 Defrost tine too long 030 Bypass valve Fail Acknowledge Make sure to inspect this list of new alarms carefully Then select Yes to acknowledge them all 6 1 Alarm Summary Overview The Alarm Summary is a list showing all the pending alarms REFCON provides two Alarm Summary versions one for container alarms and one for system alarms The two versions work the same way so only the container version is illustrated in the following 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 90 User s Guide Z Container Alarm Summary Location Origin Text Alarms User Time UTC gt Time LMT v User s note Generated By v Special reefers having alarms Count 2 420484 MWC U6956200 018 Power supply phase error 2012 05 30 06 03 07 2012 05 30 08 03 07 Mace of delivery FRLEH Thermo King MP 3C v Containers haying alarms Count 9 620886 LNXUS6S53900 dAL O Recorder Supply Temp Out of 2012 05 30 06 16 52 2012 05 30 08 16 52 Mace of delivery FRLEH Carrier Microlink 2 2 340966 MYCU5264121 Cabl
33. Container Plan editor this way 1 Open the Container Plan 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container Plan as 2 Select Edit Container Plan from the Container Plan menu You will now see within a few seconds that the frame of the Container Plan changes to orange and the disabled locations in each bay change to pink COA While these colours are observed you are in edit mode Below you find descriptions on editing details Having completed your editing 3 Re select Edit Container Plan from the Container Plan menu The changes are saved if you accept to do so and you are back in normal mode The tooltip in edit mode Normally when moving the mouse over disabled locations within the bays no tooltips occur But when in edit mode you will have a tooltip making it easy to determine exactly where the mouse is positioned at the moment X lt NO CONTAINERS Enabling and disabling locations You enable locations the pink ones by e Clicking individual disabled locations e By pressing the left mouse button on a disabled location and dragging to other disabled locations Note that if the mouse passes enabled locations these are not affected because you started at a disabled location 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 86 User sGuide S Ba You disable locations the non pink ones e Clicking individual enabled l
34. Data 117 Sub page Events 118 119 Sub page Operations 116 Sub page Summary 114 Using 105 Container Event Log 118 Container handling mode 94 Container History 132 Container ID is missing 219 Container ID is missing alarm 97 Container ID is wrong alarm 97 Container ID is wrong or Planning Data missing Container Item 108 Container List Colour codes 58 Column order 64 Column selection 64 Columns 61 Customising 63 Customising sorting filter 68 Finding containers 60 Introduction 58 Opening 59 Searching 60 Setting up 63 Sorting filter 60 66 Sorting order 60 Usage 59 Container Plan Container Item indications 80 Context menu 80 Detail picture 79 Editing 84 Generator 80 82 Introduction 78 Legends 8 0 Opening 80 Overview picture 78 Tooltip 79 Usage 80 Zoom levels 78 Container Quick Search 32 Container trend 134 Context menus 30 Copy settings 41 265 219 B CSV format editor 165 Howto 166 Customer Disk 246 Data Obsoletion 253 Data page in Container Details Data transfer 144 Data Transfer Link 144 De acknowledging an alarm 91 Default walk route 189 Delete containers overvew Delete candidates 154 Digital lO Introduction Viewer 210 Disconnection alarm 95 117 154 210 E Email address 8 Email Notification Introduction Setup 205 Email Server settings Event Log 118 Event scopes Event types Trigging types Event Log list Opening 204 146
35. Export now for testing i Store in local gt folder only Files must be sent to GMS by hand or by some extemal tool y Deliver by email The GMS files folder The dialog box shows the drive and folder C GMSLogIF in the example where the files for the GMS are produced and the possible share name of the folder GMSLogIF in the example If the folder is not on the REFCON Main PC harddisk or it is not shared the Shared as field is not visible C GMSLogIE edit 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 146 User s Guide Z To change the GMS folder click the Edit button and proceed as described in Selecting drive and folder on Main PCI 441 Method for exporting data In the major lower part of the dialog box you select the exporting method In the example shown above there are only two options however at your REFCON system there might be a third option as well as described here Method option Explanation Store in local Select this option if the REFCON Main PC has no access to the Internet folder only or you do not want it to use the access Customer s automatic solution 1471 or manual data transferl 148 is required in this case Deliver by email We recommend that you select this option if the REFCON Main PC has access to the Internet and the third option is not available Note that when clicking this option the Email Server tabl 146 shows up in the
36. FMM Fourpole Monitoring Module Having started communicating the ID of the FMM is added for example FMM LOSU9879879 Activity The date and time when last receiving data from the FMM Number of plugs on the FMM being in the connected state Inspecting the four pole configuration If you right click an FMM in the System Devices 2541 list and select Configuration from the Shortcut menu you can view how the plugs are configured A Fourpole Configuration Editor Stations View Plugs View Station Number User s Description Device ID FMM01 9879879 LOSU9879879 FMM02 9879884 LOSUS9879884 FMM03 9879890 FMM04 9879903 FMM05 9879919 FMM06 9879924 FMM07 9879930 FMM08 9879945 FMM09 9879950 FMM10 9879966 FMM11 9879971 FMM12 9879987 FMM13 9879992 FMM14 9880000 FMM15 9880015 FMM16 9880020 FMM17 WrongID FMM18 9880036 FMM19 9880041 FMM20 9880057 FMM21 9880062 LOSUS880294 FMM22 9880078 FMM23 9880083 FMM24 9880099 FMM25 9880102 FMM26 9880118 FMM27 9880123 There are unconfigured devices in list aS DO amp WN Note that the unit that you did select in the System Dewces list is highlighted light gray background colour and is having it s list of plugs displayed to the right While having the Editor window open you can click any other station to have it s plugs displayed in stead Note the warning lower right There are unconfigured devices in list This appears if when you have installe
37. GMS by web service Remidy e Check that the REFCON Main PC has in fact access to the Internet e Verify the Delivery URL e Restart the REFCON Main PC System alarm Could not send GMS data by email Remidy e Check that the REFCON Main PC has in fact access to the Internet e Verify the Email Server settings and the Recipient e Restart the REFCON Main PC System alarm Cannot create or delete files in the log files folder Remidy e Check if the harddisk is full e Verify that the chosen local folder holding GMS data files exists and that a system account has full read and write access System alarm GMS file sending has stopped Remidy e f manual data transfer is required Do it e f customer s automatic solution should be running check this e lf the alarm comes to soon select a higher number of hours in the GMS alarm settings 1471 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Planning data import EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 152 User s Guide Z 11 Planning data import What is Planning data The majority of container companies are using computers to manage the positioning of the containers We generally refer to such a computer as the Planning System In most cases the Planning System stores e the complete list of reefer containers found in the ship terminal right now and for each containe
38. If you have received a new License file you may uncheck the second checkbox as you will have to import the new Licensel zs anyway 6 Finally you should see the success message First Time Run Preparation 7 When you select OK you will see that REFCON is automatically started This includes refreshing the Remote Monitor Configuration which takes a little while 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS The REFCON Manager 273 Refcon Manager M S Martha IMO IM0345743 Sele Please wait Refcon version 6 0 0 3553 The enabling process may take about one minute to complete System status Main process Date Data collection process PLS RUNNING OR Web server ClickOnce NOT IN USE Supervisor service RUNNING OR Commissioning Mode 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g nes Index C Change Container ID operation 113 9 Change of Container ID 222 Changing a setpoint 117 51 C actual setpoint error 229 Checking modem related alarms 219 A Checking the Containers 216 Checking the Modem Remedy List 225 About us 8 Checking the Power Cabling 228 Acknowledging alarms 91 116 Cleaning up containers 252 Actions by users 53 Clock Activation of pre defined list 217 Advance and Retard 38 Actual and Expected setpoints differ 95 Configuration 35 Actual setpoint above 51 C 229 Setting 36 Add
39. Mina Supply Return Evap Temp BattVolt Batt Volt Z Batt Temp Batt Temp gt V Setpoint M Supply M Retum V Evap Temp I BattVolt IV Batt Temp IV Setpoint V Evap Temp IM Show data points Tl Show labels IV Show data points I Show labels Ot t0 9T Z00Z 60 S Ob bZ 6T L00Z 60 SZ Ob bb ZZ L00Z 60 SZ Ob b0 Z0 2007 60 97 Ob bZ SO 2007 60 97 Ob bb 80 2007 60 97 qv Ob bZ 6T L00Z 60 SZ Ob bb ZZ LO0Z 60 SZ Ob b0 Z0 2007 60 97 Ot Z SO 2007 60 97 Ob bb 80 2007 60 97 Ob bO ZT L00Z 60 97 2 Drag one of the the scroll boxes or click the scroll bar arrows or the base like a standard Windows scroll bar E gt Selecting data points All data points are selected when opening the Container trend window You can remove a Curve by deselecting the data point s checkbox upper left When doing so the curve disappears from the co ordinate system and from the legend list upper right Viewing old log files Even if the container has been discharged and removed from REFCON s database and even if the periodic logging would have been stopped there might still be old log files available You can view these exactly like described above however if the container is no longer in REFCON s database you need it s container ID as you will have to use the access method 1 see Opening Container Trendl 341 above Historic Log Overview The Historic Log is a list
40. Minimum frequency 1 E mail per 24 hours Note More files may be attached to one E mail REFCON s file naming The REFCON Main PC generates a packed GMS file every hour The GMS files are created in the folder C GMSLogIf on the REFCON Main PC harddisk The files are named REFCON 001 REFCON 002 up to REFCON 999 Each time the folder is emptied numbering restarts from REFCON 001 Other information e The files in C GMSlogif have been packed by REFCON DO NEVER make any further 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 150 User s Guide Z packing or other changes to the files e Always send the REFCON files at least once a day for the data in the Global Monitoring Server to be reasonably up to date and thereby useful e Please note Setting up the E mail system is not a part of Emerson Transportation Solutions delivery 10 4 Trouble shooting the GMS connection Overview Should an alarm occur that includes the abbreviation GMS in the alarm text please take action as described below System alarm on REFCON GMS Plugin Device went offline Indication in System Devices List 2s REFCON GMS Plugin External System External system 0 Indication in System Alarm Summary 89 Qo REFCON GMS Plugin Device went offline i 2013 03 19 11 42 25 2013 03 19 12 42 25 REFCON Remidy Restart the REFCON Main PC System alarm Could not upload data to
41. Performance Barl 251 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 226 User s Guide Z Out of the box it does not include white containers belonging to the Modem missing group because these do probably require a modem installation rather than a modem repair As regards orange containers belonging to the Obsolete group PCT obsoleted containers are not included because the reason for these is most likely not related to the equipment on the containers Hence there are overlaps between on the one side checking the Container Alarm Summary the Modem available list and the Obsolete list and on the other side the Modem remedy list The idea about the Modem remedy list is to provide a common working list To utilise the Modem remedy list you will once for all have to activatel 2171 it In general when a container appears on the Modem remedy list and it stays there for some time 1 3 hours you should check it and fix the problem if possible Check procedure Checking the Symptoms for each container on the Modem remedy list 7 See Symptom page Never Communicated Planned Location and Expected Temp Setpoint are both non empty borate Cori sraa i Tem F Dg Ci BP c HA Sd Thi Has container online data See Symptom page No Location Wrong or No ID in Controller See Symptom page No Datafrom Container s 2015 E
42. Ponting to the right only C gt Planning data import works by file import auto or manual Pointing left and right lt gt A two way Planning System Communication Interface is enabled The text The text occurs as follows Text occurrence Description Reading Auto The Planning System interface runs in automatic mode Note that you still might have to take manual action in the Planning System Reading Manual The Planning System interface runs in manual mode You need to take action each time Planning data needs to be updated Time duration in parentheses Time since a Planning data file was last imported automatically or manually Message in parentheses lf you read data error the last read file was rejected Other messages may occur Green text The Planning System interface runs in automatic mode and works fine White text The Planning System interface runs in manual mode no problems detected Flashing red yellow Unacknowledged alarm on Planning System interface Steady red Acknowledged alarm on Planning System interface problem has not been solved Possible selections You can at any time no matter the mode click the icon or the text to open the Read planning data file dialog box see Manual Planning data File transfer 160 Click the down arrow button BA to display the options menu The contents of this can vary The minimum menu is as follows Here e selecting Read file works like clicking th
43. Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS GS Understanding and Maintaining REFCON 243 Properties for ICS REFCON Interface plug in Name ICS REFCON Interface plug in Current version 1 1 0 0 Details Description The ICS Interface service is a REFCON 6 plugin used to Interface to the ship s Integrated Control System Ik is the gateway for transfering decided information from the ICS to REFCON 6 and vice versa The ICS Interface service is copyright by Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions Aps and is only Installed on computer CAT Fo ae cg euy com this one Installation folder c Program FilessICS REFCON Interface plug in Log files folder c Program FilesICS REFCON Interface plug in sLogs Update available No Uninstalls with REFCON Yes Documentation Yes POF file Among others you can here e See what version of the plug in is running e Read a description of the plug in e In case of trouble see where to find the possible log files that could help you solve the problem e See if a plug in update is available which it is not in above example e See that if you uninstall REFCON also the plug in will be uninstalled e See that the plug in provides some documentation and click See now to open it immediately Plug in list in REFCON Manager In the REFCON Manager you can see a list of all plug ins and similar installed on the REFCON Main PC 2015 Emerson Climate Tec
44. Technologies and included in your REFCON installation The extraction takes place each time a new REFCON version is released minor or major but the updating at your site depends on your online and updating situation see REFCON Update 267 Should the file get a few months old it s information is still very useful however at some point of time it s data should be considered obsolete and your REFCON should be updated The Performance Bar colours The Performance Bar shows up to 6 colours as indicated in the above real world example Interpret the colours as follows Category Explanation Recommended actions PCT OK The containers in this group are No action needed monitored perfectly well by power Green line communication with data up to date no alarms 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Monitor Category Explanation Recommended actions RDC OK The containers in this group are You have to repeat the monitored perfectly well by the manual RDC inspection Lighter optional RDC or by the REFCON periodically You might green Data Service with data up to date reduce the need for no alarms manual inspection by repairing or mounting modems In alarm The containers in this group are in The alarms must be alarm They may or may not be handled by user Red monitored well flashing Modem The containers in this group are not Manual inspection i
45. The main advantage is that the RDC shows you the list of containers that you need to visit in the order you have chosen This can considerable reduce your manual inspection time Another advantage is that data from the non communicating containers get into REFCON making these containers work similar to any communicating container Of course this will depend on your inspection interval RDC monitored containers When you import data from the RDC unit to the PC REFCON checks the conditions mentioned below We refer to containers that fulfill these conditions as the RDC monitored containers The following conditions must be fulfilled for a container to be RDC monitored 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 182 User s Guide iS e The container has never been communicating via the PCT or data from the container are obsolete or the container is communicating but data could not be retrieved most likely because of an error on the container lf you during your manual inspection have recorded setpoints and or measures for a container that at the time of import does not meet the above conditions these data will be ignored and thus not imported to REFCON Note that if you for the same container also have changed the Note or the textual Alarm field these data will be imported as these do not conflict with PCT data 13 1 Operating RDC from REFCON Overview lf REFCON is configured to include the RD
46. U FM LAUR eee Wo 21 002 ae nvr JA CMMA GOOnnOo Ma Make your changes in the small window and click OK Replacing a station The wording replace a station refers to the situation that you have been replacing an FMM with a spare The function is also relevant in the commisioning situation when you install an FMM the first time To do a replacement you must always proceed as follows s en S o 1 Pick a spare FMM and do carefully write down it s ID found on Note that the labeled the label at the end of unit ID forms the FMM HE Device ID Remove EMM the first digit and the hyphen and put the PN 8240 001 letters LOSU up i front For example 424 0500 0 06240500 J iD 0624 0500 ie 24 makes it LOSU6240500 2 Take the spare to the station needing replacement Remove If you do more the existing FMM Do carefully write down it s ID too maybe replacements make make an Old note next to the ID Sure you know what new ID matches what old 3 Install and power up the spare ct Description column gets online with Device ID formed by the power up until ID you noted in step 1 online Open the Fourpole Configuration Editor 199 Locate and click your new not configured unit at the bottom of the Stations View list If there are more not configured carefully select the one with the relevant Device ID 4 Return to the REFCON PC In the System Devices list await It may take up to a tha
47. another reason not available it is disabled greyed like Change Container ID in above example Move the mouse cursor over the disabled command to have a tool tip show you the specific reason Changing a setpoint As standard all controller types accept the temperature setpoint change command A few controllers accept other setpoint commands as well No matter the setpoint type you proceed as follows 1 Change the setpoint value shown in bold 14 0 in above example While doing so an OK button is available just below the input field select this to activate your change 2 After this things proceed as a standard remote operation 1091 Note that if you select a value different from the expected setpoint a setpoints differ 95 alarm will occur if enabled Start defrost When you select Start defrost things proceed as a standard remote operation 1031 Note that even if the remote operation results in Success you can not conclude that defrosting has actually been started this is a decision made by the controller Refresh now This command is described under The Commands areal 115 Change Container ID The command is described in Change Container ID operation 31 Delete container record The Delete command is described under Container Shortcut menu 31 7 9 Sub page Data Overview The Data sub page shows all current data related to the actual container except alarms and communication data 2015 Emerson
48. applicable format reader 159 Below this three counters are shown e The Total no of records shows the number of records in the file of which at least one has errors Often this count would match the current total number of reefer containers according to the Planning System is it so e The No of error free records shows the number of container records that were considered fully OK according to the rules s e The difference between the above two counts is the number of records with errors The No of records with useful data shows how many of these were considered Partly OK according to the rules 1s Of course error free records are certainly useful too but these are not included in the third counter Below the counters you see two scroll able text fields The second text field named Top of imported file simply is a copy of the first many lines of the file in question for your recognition The first text field named Error report attempts to visualise the errors The list has been limited to max 5 errors if there are more you would hardly inspect all the details anyway For all format readers but the Baplie reader the Error report is relatively clear and easy to Survey because each record is one line in the file But in our example the Baplie format was used in which each record is several lines with a very special syntax Let s try reading it anyway Location identifier Location data field Start of l
49. before opening the Container List you would probably think of e What subset of containers you need to deal with e What subset of data you are interested in You open the Container List by selecting it in the Side panel or for certain specific list s in the menul 22 In the Side panel Container Lists are available at the Performance Bar 25 when relevant and under the Container Lists heading Container Lists All Containers 682 Y Setpoints differ list 3 v Special reefers 2 Select a version to open the Container List Locked or Unlocked Container List As can be seen in the above figure two icons can occur next to the Container Lists headings The Container List version is locked You can make certain temporary changes but you can not save these and you can not delete the version You can not even temporarily change the filter lf neither of these symbols are shown the list is locked Operating the Container List A specific set of commands is available allowing you to manipulate the Container List as such You find these commands as part of the Shortcut menul s but also you can use the options button Best Fit fall columns Addi Remove columns Here selecting Best Fit will adjust the width of every single column so that it is just wide enough to show the actual content The other commands are explained in Setting up the Container List 63 2015 Emerson Climat
50. could be an unintended disconnect maybe e One or more containers have started communicating on the PCT since the RDC unit was prepared In this case if you have made changes to the Note or the Alarm field of any such container these data are imported all right but setpoint and temperature data are not Even if you have changed nothing but the Note and or the textual Alarm it will count as a Container that was not or only partly updated If it is even worse than this for example the data file being not readable the square will be red RDC Side panel element details The RDC status icon can appear as follows Explanation No RDC unit is connected to this PC Pia light gray An RDC unit is connected awaiting preparation for next inspection arrow EA A flashing An RDC unit is connected data are ready for import PA green arrow An RDC unit is connected it has been prepared for next inspection and is awaiting your disconnection The command text appears as follows 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 184 User s Guide Z Text appearance Explanation Please connect RDC No RDC unit is connected to this PC No primary command is available as you can do nothing Connecting An RDC unit has just been connected it s status and possible data files are being retrieved please wait for a while Import data file An RDC unit is connected data are ready for import Click the field to
51. described in separate topic pages see the Table of Contents Temperature A Operating mode mp El Editable fields in the Container Details In various places in various sub pages some data fields can or maybe can be edited by the user In contrary to a non editable field an editable field appears in bold characters on a slightly dark background Also when you move the mouse cursor over an editable field a rectangle appears around the field Both editable and non editable fields display a tool tip when the mouse cursor moves over In particular a non editable field s tool tip will show why it is not editable if not obvious To edit a field click it If it is not editable nothing happens except that the tool tip shows the reason Having clicked an editable field you will be prompted for user ID and password if relevant that is if the User Authentication option is enabled and you are not already logged on with appropriate rights When the user ID password is accepted the field changes to a text box 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 108 User s Guide Z Contents Bananas View Contents Bananas Edit Mote mode Mote mode lf it is a numeric field the unit of measure is indicated where relevant Now simply change the reading and then e Press the Enter key or click the OK button to accept and activate your change If relevant your new
52. example in the figure you can further choose two delays the Power Line delay and the RDC Unit delay These can be explained as follows The Data Obsoletion function makes sure that values received from containers being shown in screen pictures and used in logs are up to date e f no data was received from the container via the power cables for the Power Line delay 1 hour and 30 minutes in the above example the data point is marked obsolete e However if data is received via the optional RDC the RDC Unit delay 24 hours in the above example is used in stead Example You type in data on the RDC unit for a certain container at 2 PM and transfer data to REFCON In this case if you do not repeat this operation within 24 hours the data point will be marked obsolete at 2 PM the next day provided that you selected 24 hours above When a data point is marked obsolete the data field on the screen will indicate obsolete for example by changing colour The periodic logging function will omit the data point in this case Please refer to other parts of the manual for detailed descriptions 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 254 User s Guide Z 18 9 System Devices List Overview The System Devices List shows all units that are communicating with the REFCON Main PC including the REFCON Monitor s This allows you to check if everything is all right In case of troubles the List should help
53. filter method 3 When you select the Edit Filter button rightmost in the Filter status barl 6 the advanced filter selection dialog box appears see How to use the Filter Builder 691 4 5 Howto use the Filter Builder Overview When you select the Edit Filter button rightmost in the Filter status barl 67 the Filter Builder appears 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS User s Guide E Filter Builder nd Alms Is greater than or equal toil Running Mode Equals Defrosting cancel i p g Filter logic pane Note that any element within the filter logic pane is click able and changeable We believe that you will have to experiment a little to learn how to create advanced filters but here are a few tips Combination types Clicking And or any of the following alternatives displays a menu where you can select any of the following options Operator option Explanation Examples a Not And gD Mot Or F All related operands are and ed that is all conditions must be met The related operands are or ed that is one or more conditions must be met All related operands are and ed and the result is inverted that is if all conditions are met the container is excluded All related operands are or ed and the result is inverted that is if any condition is met the container is excluded Alms gt 0 And Special Checked gt
54. find the new file in the C Program Files Refcon Solution Ailes folder There will be no visual difrences in the appearance of the new version Remind me later Dont show this message again Note You can read the version ID of the new software and the related release notes telling what is new but you can t decide to upgrade in the REFCON Monitor Before closing the dialog box you may decide if you want to be reminded later next day or not e In REFCON Manager the name of the Updates tab and the text on the buttons change Refcon Manager M S Martha IMO IM0345743 k fol Supervision Administration Remote Monitor Configuration Update available Enable automatic update checking Disregard this update Update status Online updating expires 31 2010 Status An update is available Release notes for next version This is release notes for the next version The next version is a test version that is 100 identical to the curent version cept for an additional file added to the system This is a new file t4 After upgrade you should be able to find the new file in the C Program Files Refcon Solution Files folder 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 270 User s Guide a A At the same time you can read the release notes Deciding if you want to upgrade When an update is detected as described abov
55. general the Options Menu provides the alternatives to the primary command in the actual situation Sia Prepare inspection k Prepare inspection quick Prepare inspection select Show latest status The first option in the menu is identical to the primary command After this follows one or more alternatives if any As the last option you find the RDC status viewerl 184 described below If this is the only option in the menu the viewer opens immediately when selecting the Options menu button The RDC status viewer To open the RDC status viewer select it in the Options menu 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z REFCON Data Collector 185 JZ Import data file Import data file Ignore data file Show latest status lf the Show latest status option is the only one in the menu the viewer opens immediately when selecting the Options menu button Note that the viewer always displays a snapshot Should status change while the viewer is open this will not be reflected you must close and reopen the viewer to have it updated The RDC status viewer contains two tabs Status latest Import and Status latest Preparation If the latest primary operation was a preparation the latter tab automatically opens With the Status latest Import tab open the viewer looks like this f RDC Status Actual ROC unit status P Awaiting RDC to be connected Time and responsible of la
56. have it shown in the Information pane Note that your search criterion word s are highlighted Search Criteria Syntax If you as in the above example type in more than one word topics will be listed that contain all the words but they don t have to be in succession Using the AND operator will have the same function For example the criterion iso container and the criterion iso and container will both find all topics where both the word iso and the word container are found Use quotation marks to search for all the words in sequence For example the criterion iso container will only find topics where the two words are found in succession Use the OR operator to search for any of the words that is topics are listed that contain either the one or the other search word or more For example the criterion iso or container will find all topics where either the word iso or the word container are found Also you can use wildcard characters e Use the asterisk to replace any sequence of characters For example wh will find why who and when e Use the question mark to replace one character For example wh will find why and who but not when Note that you can t combine the wildcard characters and the quotation marks The List of Topics In the list of found topics the first column shows the topic headings The second column shows the titles of the Help modules to which the information topics relate 2015
57. is created in REFCON s database with an expected setpoint having the value unknown Requirements to the import file REFCON has a number of format readers one for each of the supported file formats Each time a Planning data import file is read the format readers are tried one by one The outcome of a trial is e Fully applicable at least one container record was identified and all container records were OK as defined above e Partly applicable at least one container record was identified that was at least Partly OK but also there was at least one error e Not applicable neither of the above In practice all format readers but one will be Not applicable lf all format readers are Not applicable the file is rejected 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 160 User s Guide Z Normally one format reader is Fully or Partly applicable If it is Fully applicable data are immediately read into REFCON s database If the format reader is a applicable the handling depends on the user selected Strictness If file is If file is Partly applicable applicable a file if any The file is rejected error Reject any record If there are one or more records that are OK as defined above these with error records are used and the file is accepted otherwise the file is rejected All records that are not fully OK are ignored Read all lf there are one or more records that are OK or P
58. items are automatically imported processed if present The Customer Disk further as standard includes documentation Such documentation might be automatically copied to the desktop of the REFCON Main PC Apart from this extra content is not automatically imported or otherwise handled by the installation The Update Set REFCON is continuously developed and maintained With time intervals new versions are released At each such release both the Program installation medium and an update set is produced The update set is intended for download wa the Internet but it can also be delivered on a medium To optimize the download speed the update set contains the changes only related to specific releases Update set Available at version release example Release 6 4 0 6 0 5 2 6 3 to to to 6 4 6 4 6 4 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Understanding and Maintaining REFCON As sketched updating from the newest release but one 6 3 in the example normally means the smallest download size Installing REFCON 6 on new PC To learn exactly how to run an installation please consult the Installation Guide But in short this is what happens when you install REFCON 6 on a PC where REFCON 6 has not been installed before License REFCON Setup Container plan Container Lists All settings to Setup exe Maybe mare Users etc customer s medium The manual installation process 1 You run the in
59. never to install this update by checking Disregard this update and clicking Close e Simply click Close to postpone the installation Having selected Update now the dialog box closes In the REFCON Manager you can observe the installation progress and result First the installation file s is downloaded Refcon Manager Sample ship system IMO ff f f Sele Supervision Administration Remote Monitor Configuration Updates New Plug In Updates Retcon version 6 5 0 4260 Currently installed plug ins on this machine 1 Hame Version Update status Next version info ICS REFCON 1 1 0 0 DOWNLOADING This might take some time After this the installation takes place It should end up with this picture 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Understanding and Maintaining REFCON 251 Refcon Manager Sample ship system IMO fff fff Seles Supervision Administration Remote Monitor Configuration Updates Plug Ins Retcon version 6 5 0 4260 Currently installed plug ins on this machine 1 Hame Version Update status Next version info ICS REFCON 1 2 0 0 UP TO DATE Release Notes Plug in requiring REFCON update When selecting Update now see above you might see the following message Newer REFCON required a This update requires a newer REFCON version than the one LD vou have currently installed
60. or write to a drive that is accessible from the REFCON Main PC Keep in mind however that the set of drives and drive letters available to REFCON may very well differ from the ones available to the user in the Windows operating system Sometimes this is because the user works at a different location than the REFCON Main PC but even though he works at the REFCON Main PC itself the REFCON system maintains its own selection of available network and drive mappings which are not necessarily identical to those of the user s Example 1 A user works at a remote machine with REFCON Monitor and the REFCON Main PC is situated elsewhere e Clearly the files and the folders of the user s C drive is not the same as those of REFCON s as the user works at a different machine than REFCON e Both the users machine and the REFCON Main PC may or may not have a selection of mapped network drives But there is no guarantee at all that they both map to the same network places unless having deliberately been set up that way Example 2 A user works at the REFCON Main PC and has a network drive E available in Windows But because the REFCON system maintains its own set of network drive mappings REFCON may not be able to see that drive or REFCON s E drive may point out a completely different network place When configuring REFCON in the REFCON Setup dialog you often have to point out to REFCON where to look for or store different typ
61. power It continues to regularly send readings to REFCON until it eventually is being disconnected in order to be moved away lf for some reason the container looses power the communication stops and does not start again by itself unless the container is re powered or repaired Whenever communication stops for more than the user decided alarm delay being 3 hours as default the loss of power alarm is released This alarm delay allows the container to recover from a temporary communication gap due to noise weak signals and the like without releasing the loss of power alarm Also it allows a deliberate short disconnection Limitations Because a loss of power alarm is really a lengthy loss of connection alarm the following limitations apply e f a container was never connected to power or for some other reason never started communication no alarm will ever occur for that container since you can t loose a connection to a container that never had one e f a container for some other reason looses the communication to REFCON for more than the alarm delay the loss of power alarm will still be released That is why the alarm text says Possible loss of power Reasons for communication stop while still on power may include Weak signal noisy connection defect modem and others REFCON can in no way distinguish between those reasons How to avoid alarms on deliberate disconnects In general the right way to avoid the a
62. s a oin oG ER Special This opens the following dialog User generated alarm Alarm text This is a user alarm example _lenerate alarm Cancel Type your alarm text and select Generate alarm and the alarm immediately appears Removing a user alarm To remove a user alarm make sure the container with the alarm is selected in the Container Details Then click the User Alarm button under the Container Details Summary tab see above This opens the above dialog displaying the following f User penerated alarm Alarm test Remove alarm Cancel Select Remove alarm and the dialog closes If the alarm does not immediately disappear it is because it has not been acknowledged If you re open the User alarm dialog you will see this User generated alarm The user alarm awaits acknowledgement Cancel At the moment you acknowledge the alarm it disappears 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 10 User s Guide iy 6 9 Alarm Options setup Overview The Alarm Options tab of the REFCON Setup dialog specifies data relevant to various alarms For ships it looks like this amp REFCON Setup PAA mag Alarm Options Ssereivewriiet Configuration Enable Temperature Setpoint Alarms Temperature Setpoint Delta 0 5 E Enable alarms on tailed remote operations blas time to complete 03 00 minutes Enable alarme when GMS tile sending stops Max time without sending 2
63. setpoint is read from the controller this is shown e Otherwise if the expected setpoint is received from the Planning System this is shown An E is appended to the text e f both actual and expected setpoint are Known these are indicated in the tool tip e f both actual and expected setpoint are known and they differ by more than the delta value 95 the value is shown in red colour e lf the actual setpoint is known and therefore shown and the controller allows remote changing it the field is editable 107 Editing it results in a remote operation 103 e f the expected setpoint is shown the field is not editable e f neither setpoint is known the value field is blank and the text is greyed The Planning data area Below the Setpoints area the available Planning data are shown except the container ID the location and the expected setpoints lf it is a terminal the Inbound and Outbound data are shown If it is a ship the Load Port and Discharge Port are shown in stead The following rule applies to each of the Planning data fields If the value is received from the Planning System or otherwise is automatically generated it is not editablel 1071 The Commands area In the centre part of the Summary sub page you see a column of buttons The very first button is Refresh now This command works only for a container communicating via PCT It suspends the PCT data polling for a short while sending an update req
64. the Four pole tab in the REFCON Setup window amp REFCON Setup Configuration Out of ange alam cut off time after plugin 01 05 hours Out oftange alam cut off time after defrost 01 05 hours Time from all signals off to disconnected 01 05 ea hours Cut off out ot range alam while disconnected timer is running Enable defrosting too long alarm Defrosting too long time limit 01 05 E hours Enable FMM offline alarm As you see all time settings are a little more than an hour as default This is because in the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Four pole monitoring worst case the updating of the four pole signals can take an hour You may try smaller values if you think your system runs faster e When the In range signal goes Off REFCON releases an alarm unless it is cut off In the settings window we refer to the Out of range alarm It is always cut off for the selected time after four pole cable plug in and for the selected time after defrosting has completed according to the Defrosting signal e Because REFCON can t distinguish between all three signals gone Off and cable unplug a disconnected timer is used It is started when change to all signals Off While the timer is running the container is still considered connected and four pole monitored At timeout it is considered disconnected and no longer monitored Depending on other parameters t
65. the button List changed indication It is possible for any user without logging on to make temporary changes to any of the lists in REFCON Whereas such changes can be very useful to the current user they can cause misunderstandings to others Therefore a temporarily changed list is distinctly indicated in the REFCON Monitor 13 40 Reefer Monitoring System TON a eal Temperature Modem Missing 4 ContainerID Alms Disch Port Note Temp SP Exp Temp SP Supply m 020684 MWCUS662704 0 FRLEH Hace of delivery Modem Available 21 Monitored and OK 22 47 x Special Checked Edit Filter m Record 2 of2 rif fe wv MHHU5613184 s Summary Alarms 0 Operations Data Events Communication 7 Container Lists oa Location 020484 Setpoints click one to change Commands Historic Log Temperaturesin C LMT Ou amp r All Containers 48 Temperature 0 5 Refresh now Temp 58 Exp j lemp SE i s Operating mode j Setpoints differ list 0 Current meaning actual 0 5 g RDC monitored container 2012 06 06 08 08 0 5 0 5 C L 08 00 0 5 0 5 As seen the title of the list gets orange with an Men appended both in the Side panel and oo Container Plan 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Monitor 25 in the caption of the list You will notice that the Reset sorting filtering button has shown up upper right
66. the remedy procedure described in Symptom Stopped Communicating 224 17 2 1 Symptom No Location Wrong or No ID in Controller Ghost Overview A so called ghost container is most likely a container with wrong container ID or no ID at all It is Communicating but has no valid location Correspondingly a container reported by the Planning System has got a location but it never started communicating The two are one and the same but how do you match them 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 22 User s Guide Z Ghost explanation symptom Factory default ID data OK Missing ID alarm Location empty ID prefix LOSU RMMU LANG RAND or MCID OnlineDataOK in lists Symptom Wrong ID alarm or Location empty reasonable ID prefix eg BADU in lists P Stored in Controller Stored in Controller or Painted on the box 4 or modem Painted on the box 4 invented by modem lt gt BADU7654321 SOMU123456 7 F gt IL gt A E h e e e r Reason 1 Reason zZ Wrong or default a Broken Container ID in communication line controller ee i Modem uses Symptom IT obsolete ID or Controller data l default ID based on serial number avallable Symptom Controller data not available Location R41 OROaTI Eg MP 3000 MPC2000 1 Decide for certain which container is the Ghost
67. the server PC in order to download or disregard the updates Remind me tomorow Don t show this message again As seen it works like an alarm clock You can snooze the alarm or you can stop it But you will have to use the REFCON Manager to do something about the update In the REFCON Manager the update availability is informed like this Refcon Manager Sample ship system IMO 777 777 Malta Deciding the update Click the Plug in tab now labelled New Plug In Updates to deal with the update Refcon Manager Sample ship system IMO fff fff Seles Retcon version 6 5 0 4260 Currently installed plug ins on this machine 1 Hame Versiory Update status Next version into ICS REFCON 1 1 0 0 UPDATE AVAILABLE Click the Release Notes button of the plug in of interest to continue 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 250 User s Guide Z Release Notes for ICS REFCON Interface plug in vers 1 2 Eg Plug in name ICS REFCON Interface plug in New version 1 2 Release notes for new version Version 1 2 is identical to 1 7 except for editorial changes in the manual Disregard this update Update now Here you can read the release notes that should make it possible for you to decide if you want the update You can then e Start the update installation by clicking Update now e Decide
68. the statistics list Column header Explanation abbreviation MastNet The network number of the RMM master that communicates with this container MastNode The node number of the RMM master that communicates with this container MsgCount Total number of messages sent to this container Number of messages with errors received from this container Number of times that a response message never arrived from this container Number of times this container has logged in to the RMM Master Online Since first login the fraction of the time that this container has been online MsgErrors Sum of Invalids and NoResp In parentheses Same in fraction of MsgCount FirstLoginUTC Time when this container logged in the first time LastLoginUTC Time when this container logged in the last time LastPollTry UTC Time when this container was last attempted polled requested for data LastPollAnswerUTC Time when valid data were last received from this container 18 11 Master groups Overview A master group is a set of RMM Masters that are treated as if they are connected to a common power cable network in the sense that the individual RMM Master can hear the signals from the other RMM Masters To avoid that the RMM Masters disturb each other REFCON makes sure that only one RMM Master in a master group is active at a time As standard there is one and only one master group in a REFCON system In this case there is always only
69. to trig manually 3 If the actual setpoint is wrong change this in the container controller You can normally do this from the Container Details 1A otherwise you need to visit the container Setpoint alarm parameters You can change the Temperature Setpoint supervision parameters from the REFCON Setup 100 dialog box 6 6 Possible loss of power alarm Overview Loss of power surveillance is a REFCON feature that aims at detecting when a reefer container has broken down or has otherwise lost power in an unexpected way If such a container is detected REFCON releases an alarm showing WARNING Possible loss of power accompanied by the ID of the container in question The user should then physically check the container as soon as possible As standard the following applies e On ships this automatic surveillance is enabled when in Sea model 94 and disabled when in Harbour model 941 e In terminals this automatic surveillance is enabled per default e The user can change the alarm delay A larger delay will reduce the risk of false alarms 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS User s Guide Z see below e Because the feature may in certain cases produce false alarms see below the user can disable it How the loss of power detection works When operating normally a container equipped with a modem starts to communicate with REFCON shortly after it has been connected to
70. transfer To have the automatic file transfer run make sure the Enable automatic import check box is checked Note Even if you are going to disable automatic file transfer you need to check the check box temporarily to get access to the parameters used also for manual transfer You further need to decide as follows e In the Import folder file on main PC field the selected path for automatic import is shown To change it select the Edit button and proceed as described in Selecting drive and folder on Main PCT 44 If file transfer routing option 1 see abovel ss is used you should see the Shared as field next to the Edit button e If a file format is used that is not immediately supported by REFCON use the Set edit CSV reader format button to define the appropriate reader see CSV format editor 165 e Select the File reading rules fisa e Select the File import error alarming option 157 e Check the Enable alarms check box to get an alarm if the automatic Planning data file transfer stops Carefully select the time limit Remember to Apply your changes While experimenting with your settings you may wish to select the Info button to inspect the result for the latest file transfer see Planning data file transfer informationen Automatic re creation of folder and share Using the Edit button mentioned above you can not only point to an existing folder but you can create a new folder select sh
71. unknown expected setpoint Manual import alarm settings Used Give alarm if file is rejected Give alarm if any container record is rejected Do not give alarm Alarming rule Setup Open REFCON Setup The Status area shows the result of the latest import The fields are explained below see Understanding the Import Status fis If the file import went wrong this is clearly indicated see File rejection 162 Understanding the Import Status The Status information shown in the Planning System Interface Information dialog box relates to the latest automatic or manual file import and can be interpreted as follows Last imported at The UTC date and time year month day hour second when an import file was last successfully read lf the last file was rejected this is indicated in stead and a button appears allowing you to inspect the import log see below Imported The number of containers that were identified as new reefers and therefore caused container records to be created including dry reefers if so decided Updated The number of reefer containers that did already exist in REFCON s database If data were changed the corresponding records were updated Delete candidates The number of containers that were no longer in the file and therefore were deleted if the conditions 154 were met Rejected due to error The number of unreadable container records in the file Not imported lf the Record to ignore rule option
72. value is validated If it is not OK you are informed and the value is not activated You will then have to edit anew and try again Did you forget to observe the validation rules Stated in the tool tip e Press the Esc key or click the Cancel button to revert to the existing value You may select the F1 key to obtain help Also you may click the question mark button to have validation rules displayed Note Having accepted your change if the field represents data origin in a container controller you will have to accept an extra time see Remote operations tos You may in this case observe that the field s value changes back to the old value and then changes to the new value some time later as it can take some time for the new value to be sent to the controller and then be read back to REFCON 7 2 The Container item Overview The Container Item being the square indicating the container s status in the Container Details and being the square representing one container in the optional Container Plan indicates the Status of the container by colour see Legends 108 Legends The following table specifies the possible colour indications and symbols in the Container Item Sym Short Explanation bol description White Never The container was included in Planning data but did not communicated yet start communicating It s modem appears to be probably no missing due to data from the Global Monitoring Server modem GMS L
73. 015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Print and Export 125 Defined print export jobs Job title Container List Target Ext Start time End time Interval Daily moming report Moming report list ls 2011 05 14 07 00 2011 05 14 07 00 Unlimited 24 00 RDC report ROC containers Pdf 2011 05 13 16 00 Note that the print export jobs specified above will only work while the REFCON Monitor is up and running on THIS PC with the CURRENT Windows user logged on _ ss gt i E N F The most columns you will recognize from the Create Edit dialog box described below however the Next column shows when the job is scheduled to run the next time being identical to the Start time when it is the first time From the Administrator window you can in addition to create new jobs select an existing job and click the e Show job button to view the job settings e Edit button to change a job e Remove button to delete a job The Automatic Print Export Create Edit dialog box Selecting Add from the Automatic Print Export Administrator window opens the following editor ic Create new print export job Enter a unique job title Select the Container List Select the job target type Select timing type Once Recurring limited Recurring unlimited Select job start date and time Select job end date and time Select time interval 0 hours 0 minutes You
74. 5 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Understanding and Maintaining REFCON PCT communication statistics Standard Info Communication Info Controller Diagnostics Loc ContainerID Online HasData Modem CtriType MastNet MastNode MsgCount Invalids NoResp Logins Online MsgErrors FirstLoginUTC Las MWCUB 45130 Q Mk I b 0539 3720 StarCool RECUS 100 0 0 2011 06 07 11 04 08 201 MWMU64 17276 2 MPC2000 MP3000 0233 9002 Thermo King MP 3000 100 0 0 2011 06 07 11 04 09 201 MYWCU6520999 Mk IINVSEA 0346 4310 Carrier Microlink 2 21 35 100 0 0 2011 06 07 11 04 09 201 SEAU4675140 Mk IINSEA 0538 5890 Carrier Microlink 2 213 Scroll 100 0 0 2011 06 07 11 04 09 201 MWCU6S30269 Mk IVSEA 0146 4310 Carrier Microlink 2 2i 3 100 0 0 2011 06 07 11 04 09 201 WFHUSO019482 Mk IINVSEA 0146 4310 Carrier Microlink 2 21 35 100 0 0 2011 06 07 11 04 09 201 MCHUS972961 Mk IINSEA 0146 4310 Carrier Microlink 2 Everfresh 100 0 0 2011 06 07 11 04 09 201 san m omnes Amda An A a m Y iat Record 277 of 442 mil lt i L S E E E ran O E o ha ie rE O ky o ha ie Iu ne orne a mois mreana ma Column specifications Some of the columns in the PCT Communication Statistics List are recognised from other Container Lists see the general column description 61 The following columns can also be used in other Container Lists but most likely they are only used in
75. 5 hours Enable loss of power surveillance In Sea mode only Delay from communication stop to alarm 180 minutes 2 Apel In terminals there is one more option amp REFCON Setup a zie Alam Options Sevres werd Configuration Enable Temperature Setpoint Alarms Temperature Setpoint Delta 0 5 SE Enable alarms on failed remote operations Max time to complete 03 00 EY minutes Enable alarms when GMS file sending stops Max time without sending 25 5 hours Enable loss of power surveillance Delay from communication stop to alarm 180 a minutes Enable Wrong ID missing Planning Data surveillance Delay before unplanned container gives alarm 2 EY hours The data fields are described below Setpoint alarm parameters In the first row of the Alarm Options tab you can enable or disable the setpoint supenision 95 function When the checkbox is checked the function is enabled When enabled as in the example in the above figure you can further choose e The Delta value Please be aware that both REFCON and the container controllers may miscalculate Fahrenheit to from Centigrade conversions by the last digit To avoid that this causes alarms the Delta value should not be set to less than 0 2 degrees Remote operations parameters This option is not shown if remote operations are not enabled in your licensel 17 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Alarm System tor I
76. 6 flocation unk Container Container Thermo King 12 03 2010 10 28 32 12 03 2010 11 28 32 Delete list layout Monitor Setup Ny Container Summary Monitor User John 12 03 2010 09 40 37 12 03 2010 10 40 37 T a po Records in list 1015 No of logs to show 1000 X Freeze stop updating Each line in the Event Log represents one event The Event Log includes a fixed number of columns The contents of the columns are described in Column specifications 133 When opened the Event Log shows the newest events a pre decided number It is always sorted chronologically the newest event being shown first The sorting order can be changed as shown in Sorting the events fsa Opening the Event Log To open the Event Log click the Events item in the Side panel 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Historic data logging 139 Number of records In the bar at the bottom of the Event Log the field Records in list shows the number of events XXX that are actually included in the displayed list REFCON Monitor Event Log storage XXNX Event Log Number of erin rein F wien YY SUNY HEKE ws merki So _ records RAKUM MRM e ritea SOULINM MINH maie EM Number of AARUN MARA ox MEAT displayed OLRM NREN oor mee EO records SUA HARR og stored As indicated above XXX might be smaller than the number YYY of records stored in the event logging storage This is because the transfer
77. 990 dh Container Plan z CIRAN Container Lists MWICUES4 2560 T All Containers 732 CSS RRP UGS 15 3 Monitored and OK 546 674 oysiem Alanms 1 SOCCHECHOOCHOSCEOOC Modem remedy lest Ay Location Is Not Null And Temp SP Exp Is Not Null And OnlineDataOk Is Null Or Orline Edit Fiter tH W Record 12 of 149 H 4 AMM lon TTAR To summary alarms tity omarations pata Fvants Communi Having activated list you may edit the filterl 6 or add or remove columns 641 If you do so and later want to return to the original list you need to delete the list and then activate it anew Note that this guide presupposes that the Modem remedy list is not modified 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Modem Troubleshooting 219 17 2 Checking modem related alarms Overview A few types of communication equipment related problems give alarms appearing in the Container Alarm Summary 89 Examples are shown in this figure Container Slarm Summary Location Origin Text Glarms User Time UTE Containers having alarms Count 4 a MYC UBSO88 TO Modem not connected to controller 1 2012 06 27 13 30 07 i gt UD0D0692 1 Container ID is wrong or Hanning Data missing 1 2012 06 27 13 30 07 D LOSUO002111 Container D ts missing 1 2012 06 27 13 25 55 1 i 391082 MSCUPSO4207 WARNING Possible loss of power 2012 06 27 13 27 01 When such an alarm occurs we highly recommend that yo
78. Aboutus lt Subject label Climate Technologies sh and Export The REFCON application was developed and delivered by Historic data logging Planning data import Understanding and Maintaining f Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions Christian Xs Vej 201 Navigation 8270 Hoejbjerg Denmark Phone 45 87 36 35 00 pom Fax 45 87 36 35 01 E mail gce support jci com www myREEFER com lt lt 4S gt lt Topic navigation buttons a REFCON 6 Reefer Monitoring System The Help window consists of three main parts e The command buttons 15 at the top e The Navigation Panel 14 to the left e The Information Panel 15 to the right The Navigation Pane You have four possible entrances to the help information e Click the Contents tabl 14 to scroll through a table of contents for Help e Click the Index tabl 14 to have all keywords listed in alphabetical order e Click the Search tabl 16 to be allowed to enter any free text search string e Click the Favorites tabl 151 to be allowed to use and build your own list of important topics Using the Help Contents Tab In the Help window selecting the Contents tab displays the table of contents for the Help system Contents Index Search Favorites Introduction to REFCON E Quick Introduction E ty uf aaa Monitor Ja Help module title primary topic B They TERET Sub topic in Help module Ce Basic
79. ApS B The Alarm System ot al Alarms 1 Open System Alann Summary Note that the System Alarms bell icon is available even when the Side panel is minimized Acknowledge state indication The narrow leftmost column indicates the E state of each alarm Description S a Flashing There are one or more unacknowledged alarms on this container Steady There are one or more alarms on this container they have all been acknowledged Acknowledging alarms Alarms can be acknowledged from the Alarm Summary as follows 1 Select the alarm or the alarms to be acknowledged see Selecting alarms for acknowledge 97 below 2 Either right click the alarm any of the selected alarms and choose Acknowledge selected alarms or click the Acknowledge selected alarm s button upper right F k You can also acknowledge all alarms as follows e Either right click any alarm and choose Acknowledge all alarms e Or click the Acknowledge all alarm s button upper right wi f Selecting alarms for acknowledge Selecting specific alarms for acknowledge can be done as follows To select a single alarm 1 Click the row and thereby make it highlighted To select a continuous series of alarms in the list 1 Click the first alarm in the series 2 Keep the Shift button pressed and click the last alarm in the series You should now see the two clicked alarms and all in between being selected highlighted To selec
80. C any REFCON Monitor will include the RDC element in the Side panel as well as the pictures and functionality described in the following The RDC Side panel element The key to the user s handling of the RDC from the PC is the RDC Side panel element Primary command RDC unit status icon if any attract attention 4 Options P4 menu lt Prepare inspection By very simple means the RDC Side panel element always e Informs you about the actual situation as regards the RDC e Provides the most relevant command available in the situation e Provides access to alternatives and detailed status information Below you find further information about RDC Side panel element details 183 The RDC Side panel element extension 24 The Options Menul s4 and The RDC status viewerl 01 The main schedule When everything works as expected a manual inspection runs through the following steps C resonan sep Proeawe the RDC d Reprepare inspection 2 Do your manual inspection 3 Connect the RDC unit Click the element to have containers selected and sorted according to the last saved options quick preparation Choose Prepare inspection select from the Options menu to open the RDC Preparation Selection dialog s to adjust the options In both cases the resulting list is sent to the RDC 1 Disconnect the RDC unit 2 Carry out your manual inspection round Plug it into the dock
81. Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B The REFCON Manager 267 Refcon Manager The ships name IMO 1234567 Of x Supervision Administration Remote Monitor Configuration Updates M Enable remote Monitors j Address to be used in l Montor Install Link URL browser on secondary PC http 10 143 18 73 REFCONG 4 Copy link to media You may copy the link to a M Use IP number instead af host name USB key or similar Hardware Intell PRO 100 Vid Network Connechon Packet Scheduler Hinipo MAC Address O00802E13592 IPAddress 101431873 8 Fit C Then take your note or your USB key to the secondary PC and either e start Internet Explorer or another suitable browser and type in the URL noted above or e invoke the link directly from the USB key which will start the browser and automatically insert the correct address If the automatic assumptions are not OK If you need to select another network adapter or another Port number proceed as follows 1 Uncheck Enable remote Monitors to get editing enabled 2 Make the required changes in the lower part of dialog box see below 3 Check Enable remote Monitors to get your changes applied During installation REFCON automatically detects if the REFCON Main PC has more than one network connector adapter Therefore you will normally be able to simply pick the right adapter from the drop down list labelled Name
82. Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Data Events Communication Alarms 1 Operations Planning data Controller data DataPoint ry DataPoint Value Contents Ambient 20 7 C Disch Poart FRLEH Batt Volk qo LoadPort BR6D3 Current 134 nese 12 00 00 Door problem 40 type 4532 28600kg 0 5 7 Summary MWCUG6G601300 Location 060982 Other data DataPoint Ctrl Manuf Value MCTLodam Ctrl serial 51260831040 10544 Ctrl SW version 0233 Ctrl time 2007 05 01 15 32 70 ChriType StarCool RECUS First PlanData 2012 06 13 13 59 55 ModemExpected True Obsolete z ee Operating mode Modulation StarCool RECUS Location Defr interv Mote False Evap Temp UG pal AE Freshair abs 0 0 math Hum SP Ed DeFrosting Size Temp SP Exp False Cs o oe Note that measurements appear with a limited accuracy 1141 As shown the data has been divided into three tables e Planning data Data origin from the Planning System or entered by the user e Controller data Data origin from the container e Other data Hardware related data from the controller and miscellaneous data if any You can print export 122 each of these tables individually by selecting the print button upper right Data field descriptions some of the data field descriptions are abbreviated rather much To get the full description move the mouse cursor over the text 16 6 C Supgly Bipa 15 0 C Supply tem
83. Condition Action category 2 Any alarm type for example Carrier s Compressor Motor Failure is related to exactly one Action category The Action category is specified as a non negative integer and can be edited by the user In the present REFCON 6 version this can only be done by editing the AlarmPrioritiesAndCategories xml file located in the Data Engine Data folder on the REFCON Main PC It is extremely important to be very careful when editing the file Also in the present version only 4 Action categories are available numbered 0 1 2 and 3 REFCON generally includes a number of actions Examples of actions would be sending an email or alerting the user on screen In the present REFCON 6 version only 4 email actions are available corresponding to each of the 4 Action categories Each action that involves sending emails is attached to exactly one Notification group Each Notification group defines the list of email recipients one or more and the email templatel 2041 About email templates Any email being sent is based on a decided template The template generally defines the subject and the body of the email In the present REFCON 6 version you do not find a template editor Please select one of the provided templates or ask Emerson Climate Technologies to implement one for you Customer s contribution To have it work the customer needs a mail account at some Internet company Depending on this it is pos
84. D The container ID is accepted if and only if it consists of exactly 4 letters followed by exactly 7 digits For example if the check digit digit 7 has been omitted in the Planning System the record is considered Bad Location Decided by the user selected rule Location requirements e f Accept if not empty is selected it is required that a location string is found and this string is not allowed to be spaces only If this condition is not met the container record can not be considered OK e f Accept any location is selected location is not a required field It is however used if a non empty string is read and the record is used Temperature lf a readable decimal value is found it is range checked setpoint e If the value is within the range 99 C to 99 C the field is OK and the record is then considered OK if the above conditions are met e lf the value is outside this range it is considered not readable and is then handled as follows If the setpoint is not found or not readable the handling is decided by the user selected rule Consider a not readable temperature setpoint a e Dry reefer The field is OK If the record is used the container is created in REFCON s database without any expected setpoint Bad record The entire record is considered bad Record to ignore The entire record is considered not existing Container with unknown expected setpoint The field is OK If the record is used the container
85. Data field descriptions Some of the data field descriptions are abbreviated rather much To get the full description move the mouse cursor over the text See example herel 113 Data field colours The fields in the Value column are coloured exactly like in the Container List 581 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Print and Export EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 122 User s Guide Z 8 Print and Export Overview In REFCON printing and data export is combined in two common print functions Printing means sending the selected picture to a printer which can either be a part of the REFCON system or a network printer Exporting means creating a file and saving it on disk or attaching it to an email The file can be PDF or other formats You have two options e Print Export on demand being described below e Automatic timed print export see Automatic Print Export 124 Print export on demand procedure To have a picture printed or exported you always proceed as follows 1 Make sure the picture of interest is open 2 Select e the keyboard combination Ctrl P or e Print from the File menu or e the Print button which is only available if the picture can be printed E Eh Print 3 If you did select Ctrl P or Print from the File menu and there is more than one printa
86. EFCON Monitor s Caption barl 2 DEMO System in the example e Upper centre the picture name is shown in large font e If alist all columns from the screen picture are included The widths of the columns are adjusted to the available paper size which might mean that text is truncated Print the Preview To have the preview sent to a printer use one of the following options Toolbar Menu option Keyboard button p shortcut you to select a printer etc E3 Quick File Print i pes is immediately printed on the Print default printer Export the Preview To have the preview exported to a file use one of the following options Toolbar Menu option Keyboard button p shortcut Displays a list of the available file formats LOE Export File gt Export Selecting one will display one or more Document Document dialog boxes where you decide properties for the file export Displays a list of the available file formats GE Send via File gt Send Selecting one will display one or more via E mail dialog boxes where you decide properties for the E mail and the attachment Manipulate the Preview To manipulate the preview before printing or exporting it you can use one of the following options among others 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 124 User s Guide I Toolbar iar Onno Keyboard button p shortcut Opens the standard print setup dialog box where you can change the orientation
87. EFCON system when included RMM Master extensions The RMM Master modem can be connected directly to the 3 phase power lines however in many cases you will find electronic devices in between The purposes of these devices are e Cheaper equipment you save RMM Masters even when the power system is highly sectioned as regards high frequency signals The RMM Bridge is an example of such a device e Optimized communication in some cases the power system properties make direct high frequency communication difficult The ISC inductive signal coupler in many cases is used as avery effective solution to this problem Please find detailed information about the possible devices in your specific case in the Instruction Manual Hardware Descriptions pdf mentioned above 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS GS Understanding and Maintaining REFCON 29 18 2 The REFCON 6 software package Overview The REFCON 6 software package installed on the REFCON Main PC consists of a number of services and applications as described in the following The essential parts of the software are all services in the Microsoft Windows terminology Being a service means that e it is started automatically and immediately when the PC is powered up even if no one logs on to the PC e it has no user interface in itself e it fully complies with Microsoft s rules for services regarding safety etc The other parts of the
88. Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 52 User s Guide Z e Note that you do not need to use the mouse at all to log on try the keyboard only it is faster If you are already logged on but you are not permitted to perform the intended action the prompt will appear something like this vy User has insufficient rights User ID Password Permission required ta Change how LMT can be set The person symbol flashes and you will have to select a user ID on the list Note D At security level 2 the Password entry is not visible you just need to select the user ID and hit Enter OK Logging off The actual user is logged off in three ways e by choice see below e by timeout see below 521 e by another user ID being logged on You can choose to log off by clicking the User element in the Side panel and selecting Log off Log off IT support John Miranda At security level 1 you are not able to log off Automatic log off by timeout lf enabled in the configuration the actual user is automatically logged off when he has done no privileged action for the decided time If timeout is not enabled users stay logged on until manually logged off For example the timeout time could be set to 5 minutes If you change setpoints on containers once every 4 minutes you keep logged on But if you take a break and does nothing for 5 minutes you are logged off and will have to l
89. Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The REFCON Monitor EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 20 User s Guide Z 2 The REFCON Monitor Overview As a REFCON user you mainly work with the containers through the REFCON Monitor You work through various pictures and dialog boxes that are described in specific parts of the manual Certain common principles lie behind all the pictures and the way you operate the system First of all you will recognize principles origin from Microsoft Windows that is things basically work like in most Windows applications But on top of this we have defined our own user interface basics regarding how the screen pictures are organised and how you operate Starting the REFCON Monitor As standard you start the REFCON Monitor by selecting it in Windows Start menu di Refcon fy REFCON Monitor t REFCON Monitor a REFCON Monitor i REFCON Monitor or Refcon Manager Windows Media Player W REFCON Monitor online support REFCONG Monitor Mm Startup or by selecting the desktop icon if installed REF OMN Monitor lf neither of the above are found you will have to run through the following first start procedure If certain 3rd party software Microsoft Adobe needs to be installed you must have administrator rights on the PC es lf this is not the REFCON Main PC Read more
90. FCON Monitor Base picture 21 Introduction 20 Starting 20 REFCON on public networks 244 REFCON Setup 251 REFCON system description 236 REFCON system hardware 237 Relay card 210 Remote Monitor configuration 266 Remote operations 109 Change Container ID 113 Setpoint change 117 Start defrost 117 Removing an RDC alarm from REFCON 186 Reservations 88 Restoring Container Details 105 Retarding the clock 38 Right click menus 30 RMM 236 RMM Master 237 RMM Mk4b connector specifications 233 RMM Modem Facts 231 Roles of REFCON users Cargo supervisor role 10 Claim handler role 10 Container repairer role 10 REFCON maintainer role 10 The Data responsible role 11 The IT maintainer role 11 RS2LAN 237 Runtime configuration 13 S Seamode 94 Sea mode indication 94 Search function 32 searching the Online Help 16 Secondary PC 238 Security Administration 53 Introduction 50 Setup 56 Selecting Harbour mode 95 Index 279 Sea mode 95 Selecting drive and folder on Main PC 44 Setpoint change 117 Setting up REFCON 251 Settings Planning data import 156 Sharing a local folder 44 Shortcut menus 30 Software package 239 Special reefer selection 94 Square symbol 108 Standby on Main PC 240 Start defrost 117 Starting REFCON Monitor 20 Summary page in Container Details 114 Supervising functions 263 Symptom Never Communicated 227 No Data from Container 223 No ID in controller 219 No Location 219 Stopped Communicating 224
91. List 63 it is possible to define Container List versions with built in filters Such a filter can be anything from simple to very advanced thus selecting exactly the subset of containers that you want Before proceeding you might have to create a Container List version if the appropriate one does not exist REMEMBER to SAVE it before using it If you select the fourth radio button upper left named Use selected Container List and choose the desired Container List version from the list the RDC list will be identical to the actual list of containers in that version at the moment you select Prepare Next time you prepare the filter is applied again meaning that the list of containers might have changed Defining the Sorting order walk route In the lower part of the RDC Preparation Selection dialog you decide the sorting order of the selected containers You have three options a Alphabetical by All the containers are sorted by ID meaning that the locations are not container ID taken into account This is your only option if you have defined no walk route As defined by default A walk route is basically a list of locations All containers with walk route locations defined in the walk route list are sorted according to this while containers without defined locations or with locations not defined in the walk route are sorted alphabetically by ID and appended to the sorted list The default walk route would be automatically
92. Main PC harddisk harddisk The fully automatic update process 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 248 User s Guide Z Detecting that an update is available You can be informed that a new REFCON 6 release is available in the following ways e Automatic online detection which requires Internet connection and a service agreement Read more in REFCON Manager Updates Tabl 257 e You receive a new Installation set or an Update set from Emerson Climate Technologies e You discover it by checking www myREFCON com Starting the update No matter if the new release is automatically detected or not it is your decision whether and when to run the update In case of online detection or manual use of an Update set you are simply asked Do you want to perform the update When you accept the further process is automatic as described above If you use a new Installation set you start the installation just as if you were Installing REFCON 6 on new PCI 1 What is not illustrated above is however that the installation program actually checks if REFCON 6 is already installed on the PC If so you will after some time see the following dialog box Please choose how you want the upgrade process to commence Preserve all my data from the previous version users settings custom lists Planning System configuration etc etc v Keep my license file f any Keep my container plan f any
93. N This makes REFCON the ideal solution for any terminal and any container vessel large or small REFCON 6 is the new generation of the well known REFCON PC application Where the previous generation was in some senses inflexible REFCON 6 introduces built in configuration options in many ways which should make the application able to meet the requirements of a wide range of users You can read more about this in REFCON 6 configurations L Welcome to the User s Guide Welcome to the REFCON 6 User s Guide The Guide is available in three versions e An online help which can be opened by selecting Help from REFCON s Help menu or by selecting the F1 keyboard button The latter will in many cases open the online help directly on the page most relevant in the context Note that the online help to some degree is adapted to the actual purchase time configuration e A print friendly PDF file comprising the entire online help also available online from REFCON s menu Note that the PDF version is not adapted to the actual configuration and thus may describe functions that are not enabled in your specific REFCON system e A printed manual which can be purchased from your REFCON supplier 1 1 Contact information About us The REFCON application was developed and delivered by Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions Axel Kiers Vej 5A 8270 Hoejbjerg Denmark Phone 45 70 23 44 44 Fax 45 70 23 60 44 E mail t
94. N is going to run on a new PC or if you change to REFCON 6 from an older version typically REFCON 5 In such case be sure to uninstall the old version before installing REFCON 6 You would run an update to upgrade to a newer release of REFCON 6 Whether you run an installation or an update the goal is a fully running REFCON with program and settings in place on the Main PC harddisk 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 246 User s Guide Z REFCON Main PC The Installation Set As standard an installation set is delivered with any REFCON 6 system It can be a part of a larger package and different types of media can be used DVDs USB flash disks etc but in this context you should notice the two software media Installation set Program Customer Delivered installation disk with REFCON The Customer Disk As standard a Customer Disk is delivered with any REFCON 6 system The Customer Disk is uniquely prepared for the specific REFCON 6 system and must never be copied or used in any other system The Customer Disk always includes the unique License filel 1 prepared for this specific system It further can include one or more of the following items e The Container Plan design file The RDC default walk route A configuration zip file Plug in installation programs and similar in Autolnstall folder lf the Customer Disk is used during the installation see below all the above
95. ON 6 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 16 User s Guide Z 0 Buttons Explanation Prints the current topic or a number of topics on the printer you select To have a collection of topics printed proceed as follows 1 Click the Contents tab in the Navigation pane 2 Select the heading of a topic with sub topics 3 Click the Print button and select Print the selected heading and all subtopics Jumps to the previous next topic in the current Help module according to the Contents table If you are already on the first last topic the respective button is not shown Please do not confuse with the Back and Forward buttons upperleft in the Help window Jumps to the first topic in the current Help module according to the Contents table Please do not confuse with the Home button at the top of the Help window 1 4 1 Searching the Online Help Overview You can find the information you are looking for in a number of ways e Within REFCON press the F1 key or select the Help button where available This typically jumps to the help page most relevant to the context in REFCON e Use the Contents or the Index tab see Using the Online Help 13 e Use the Search function described below Using the Help Search Tab In the Help window selecting the Search tab will allow you to enter any free text search string oan ae ER ee List of previous search crite
96. PC hardware clock does however decide the rate of the REFCON clock 2 6 1 Clock Configuration Overview The Clock Configuration is controlled through the Clock tab of the REFCON Setupl 2s dialog amp REFCON Setup Clock setting main configuration see tooltips for guidance a Main rule 1 The REFCON clock UTC and LMT date and time equals the Main PC Windows clock Settings applying to main rule 2 Main rule 2 The REFCON dock is independent of the M LMT is set using standard time zones Main PC Windows dock LMT is set by advance retard buttons with step size 60 minutes Allow extemal control of UTE LMT Warn if UTC is changed more than 58 seconds Note that within the Clock tab tooltips are available with guiding instructions Remember to apply your changes Matching the chosen time synchronisation solution It is essential that the clock configuration matches the chosen time synchronisation solution e If REFCON is synchronised via LAN NTP or similar select Main rule 1 with the option Clock can only be set externally e If REFCON is synchronised via the REFCON Data Service select Main rule 2 and make sure the relevant is checked Allow external control of UTC and or Allow external control of LMT 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 36 User s Guide Z Clock Configuration options The following table shows the guidelines on which options to selec
97. REFCON Setupl 2st dialog box if not already visible You would normally select the Recipient logif reefers online com unless your company uses it s own server Also remember to make sure the Email Server settings are correct see below Deliver by web We recommend that you select this option if available Make sure the service Delivery URL is exactly as informed by Emerson Transportation Solutions or by your company Email Server settings The Email Server tab is available in the REFCON Setupl 2s dialog box when REFCON is to sent emails for GMS or other purpose amp REFCON Setup enaint Email Server Songinesnaigtn Sens SMTP Mail server configuration Sender address Mail server eg mail somecompany com Port na mail yourcompany com 587 Please configure the sender address Securty can often be left blank apmt ptp yourcompany com Use encrypted connection SSL apmt_ptip yourcompany com Password sefeeeo ooo Domain Send Test Email You need once for all to specify your mail account e The Mail server is the address of your Internet company s SMTP server e The Port no on the mail server e The Security information fields must be filled in if required by that SMTP server In some cases these fields must be left blank e The Sender address is two strings before and after the in the email address that will occur in the From field when the user receives
98. REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System User s Guide Aj p Ne EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies EMERSON User s Guide Climate Technologies 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks ofthe respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Manual version Rev Date Responsive Deseripton SSS 600 2010 0628 Hans Peteruund Orginalrevsion SSCS 6 6 0 2013 04 12 Hans Peter Lund GMS interface many minor issues 2013 10 15 Hans Peter Lund Modem trouble shooting updated minor chan
99. REFCON Monitor Create Windows user Eg Ne popnile wrer denned beta created py BESO an fe mahn PC Me purpose amp fo aire Ge Panig System andor fe mail FEEN secure access fo imoortiexoart Ales To create a user type a valid Windows User name It is recommended that you add a password which you have to type twice To change a user name simply edit it To change the password type the full new password twice To delete the existing user delete the text in the User name field Automatic re establishment Each time the Data Enginel zee is started it checks if the folder it s possible sharing information and the possible Windows user are exactly as you have chosen If not so a background function attempts to re establish it This is in particular useful if the Configuration Export Import 44 function has been used to copy your settings from another REFCON system as in this case the required folder the possible Windows user and the possible share settings are automatically created Manual action needed to make sharing work In order to have your selected folder s for example C GmsLogIf shared on the network you must in addition to the above manually enable network sharing in Windows Please proceed as follows Windows XP 1 In MyComputer right click the folder eg C GMSLogIf and select Properties 2 Open the pane Sharing 3 Click the text If you understand the security risks but want to share files w
100. Refcon Manager Exit Recon Manager e Double clicking the taskbar icon You can hide the REFCON Manager by clicking either the Minimize or the Close button upper right Refcon Manager fie In both cases the program keeps running and the taskbar icon keeps visible lf you for some reason want the REFCON Manager to close completely you need to select Exit Refcon Manager from the taskbar icon menu see above Understanding the REFCON Manager When just opened the REFCON Manager appears like this 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 262 User s Guide B fa Refcon Manager Sample system IMO 7 77777 Refcon version 6 5 0 42 73 System status Main process DataEngine RUNNING OK Data collection process PLS RUNNING OR Data collection service RUNNING OK Web server ClickOnce RUNNING OK Supervisor service RUNNING OK Commissioning Mode The window is organised with five tabs Supervision 23 Administration 26 1 Remote Monitor Configuration zs Updates 2s71 and Plug Ins 2431 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Manager 23 19 1 Supervision Overview The REFCON Manager s Supervision tab shows the states of REFCON s services Fa Refcon Manager Sample system IMO 7777777 System status Main process DataEngine RUNNING OK Data collection process PLS RUNNING OR Data collection servi
101. System to REFCON and vice versa The primary data messages are Reefer Data message REFCON Planning Reefer Delete message Reefer Monitor m BS5age Data transferred to REFCON From the Planning System the following information can be sent Name Description of main contents Reefer Data General container information including ID location and expected message setpoint Reefer Delete Command to remove a certain container from the REFCON database message Change Container Command to change the ID of a reported container Note that this will ID message never make any change in the container controller the message is only used to change the ID in the REFCON database and it only works 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 172 User s Guide Z Name Description of main contents ee if no Communication is or has been running with a container with the old ID Request message Request for Reefer Monitor message see below Data transferred from REFCON From REFCON the following information can be sent Name Description of main contents Reefer Monitor Online data for specific containers including alarm status temperature message readings and actual setpoints REFCON sends this message in the following situations e In case of a new alarm on the specific container Only one message is sent though of course if more containers have ala
102. Watch that selecting another makes the other data change and you should then be able to recognize the correct adapter Note that also the Monitor Install Link URL changes so you may have to make changes on the secondary PCs If necessary select another Port number You might have to make changes to firewalls if doing SO 19 4 Updates Overview REFCON s Updating service aims at making sure that you always have the newest software version If REFCON is permanently or at least frequently connected directly to the internet the Updating service works very much like similar services known from Windows Adobe Java etc It automatically checks for updates a few times every day and if an update is detected you are informed REFCON s Updating service never starts an upgrade without your permission you decide if and when If REFCON is not connected to the internet your manual interaction is required You will need a CD or the like with the update files and then you can have the upgrade carried out as if REFCON were internet connected 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 268 User s Guide I You may consult Understanding Installation and Updatel 245 for further information Automatic update detection prerequisites Please be aware that the optional online Updating service only works when all the following conditions are met e A user is logged on to the REFCON Main PC and the REFCON Manager is r
103. Wrong ID in controller 219 System description 236 System Devices List 254 Te Taskbar icon REFCON Manager 261 Taskbar notify icon 48 Telephone number 8 Temperature measurement Resolution 114 Temperature setpoint supervision 95 Third party Software on the REFCON PC 244 Time synchronisation configuration 35 Time zones 37 Trend window 134 Trouble shooting PCT Communication Statistics List 256 System Devices List 254 Trouble shooting GMS 150 Typical modem errors 229 U Understanding installation and update 245 Understanding REFCON 236 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 280 User s Guide Z Understanding the flow chat 217 Unplanned container 153 252 Update Automatic detection prerequisites 268 Checking for update 268 Updating process 270 User s decision 270 Update and installation 245 Update functions 267 Update set 246 Updating a plug in 248 User accounts 53 User Authentication Administration 53 Automatic log off 50 Daily use 50 Introduction 50 Logging on and off 50 Purposes 50 Security levels 50 Setup 56 User accounts 53 User roles 53 User generated alarms 98 User roles 53 Using Container Details 105 Using the Container History menu 132 Using the Filter Builder 69 Using the Online Help 13 UTC 32 UTC synchronisation very important 33 UTC very important 33 V Viruses 244 W Walk route 189 WARNING Possible loss of power 219 Web site 8 Welcom
104. a the optional RDC recently while means that either data were never received via RDC or they are obsolete Special An S is shown when the container is marked as Special Reefer In addition to the above you may also see use the special columns regarding PCT Communication Statistics 2571 4 3 Setting up the Container List Overview When REFCON 6 is installed the first time it includes a limited number of standard and pre defined Container List versions All of these are lockedl 59 meaning that you cannot change them The idea is however that you design your own user defined Container List versions If you from time to another need the same subset of containers or columns follow the instructions below to create a version that fits your needs Installing a pre defined Container List Out of the box REFCON 6 provides a number of pre defined Container Lists that are found in the drop down menu in the Side panel Container Lists All Containers 682 Setpoints differ list Containers in alarm list RDC Containers list Controller software list When you select one of the lists it shows up in the Side panel as an unlocked list Should you one day not need it anymore simply delete it you can always install it again How to create a Container List version To create a new Container List version proceed as follows Open the existing Container List version that fits This is in particular valuable if you
105. about Main PC and make sure your PC is connected by Secondary PC in The REFCON system LAN ethernet to the Main PC hardwarel 237 Obtain the REFCON Monitor link from See Remote Monitor Configuration zee the REFCON Manager on the Main PC 2 Run the REFCON Monitor link in You will see a web page as shown after Internet Explorer this table 3 Click Install An anonymous file named setup exe is to be downloaded 4 Select Run to run setup exe You may get a warning for Unknown Publisher Click Run to proceed 5 Be patient while your PC is checked You may be asked whether to install for software REFCON Monitor from Unknown publisher Click Install to proceed After a little time you are asked fora See dialog box example after this table PC description Please enter a The description you enter is in particular Significant unique description of the important if you have several REFCON specific PC Monitors running See also the System Devices list 2541 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Monitor 21 The REFCON Monitor installation web page looks like this Sars Alias Tasunulysjias Transporation Solutions REFCON 6 Monitor Name REFCON 6 Monitor Publisher Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS The following prerequisites are required e Windows Installer 3 1 NET Framework 4 0 full If these components are a
106. ainer List are coloured as described in the following table sf Field with no value or a value that can not get obsolete The row container alarm etc is selected highlighted The value is valid and not obsolete that is it has been updated recently see Data Obsoletion 253 The data point is obsolete see Data Obsoletion 253 The shown value is the latest available but you should not rely very much on it You will see that values get bold for a couple of seconds from time to another This just indicates that the field is updated Bands and Columns Because the amount of available columns is very high the columns have been grouped into bands The following figure shows a few examples Container List Example Lien emaon ams asins rere 58 Toe Say ins a m C1021 4 DEMOWMO0002 56 2 56 2 56 2 5 2 65 0 m DEMO 1000003 Oo 7O 7 0 Sia 32 5 31 3 32 7 33 0 ines R DF MATA n AN AN TRA THA TAG AN A 792 The Container List version in the example includes 4 bands named Standard Info Manifest Temperature and Cargo Probes with a total of 11 columns 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container List so 4 1 Using the Container List Opening the Container List You would use the Container List to have an overview of an amount of containers Being organised in a limited number of columns the Container List shows a selected subset of the data for each container So
107. ainer s Manual container deletion You should normally not use Removes the appointed this command In stead you container s from REFCON s should enable automatic database if allowed the deletion see Automatic container is not Cleaning Up parameters 25 communicating and has no unacknowledged alarms The user is asked for accept Mark special reefer selects the special alarm See Special reefers of priority for the appointed container s Unmark special reefer Selects the normal alarm See Special reefers 94 priority for the appointed container s Show historic data tabular Opens the window that See Historic Log 128 view displays the container s periodical historic data as a table Show historic data graph Opens the window that See Container Trend 3 displays the container s periodical historic data graphically Acknowledge container s Displays the list of alarms on See Acknowledging a alarms this container allowing the container s alarmsl a user to have them acknowledged Make RDC List Option Saves the list of See RDC selected containers for use with the optional RDC Other sections Depending on where you display the Shortcut menu it might include one or more sections other than the Container Command section 3 These sections are described in relation to the pictures where they occur An example is the Container List section 591 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Tran
108. ally 131 Logging events 138 Loss of power surveillance 95 Main PC 237 Recommendations 240 Standby prevention 240 Main PC software 239 Maintaining REFCON 236 Maintaining the four pole monitoring equipment 198 Manager 260 Manual versions 8 Master groups 257 Measurement resolution 114 Minimising Container Details 105 Minimising the REFCON Monitor 28 Mini status window 28 Modem not connected to controller 219 Modem Remedy List 225 Activation 217 Modem Symptom Never Communicated 227 No Data from Container 223 No ID in controller 219 No Location 219 Stopped Communicating 224 Wrong ID in controller 219 Modem Troubleshooting 214 Modem related alarms 219 N Network drives 44 Notify icon 48 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 278 User s Guide O Obsoletion 253 Odata interface 240 Online help Buttons 15 Contents Tab 14 Index Tab 14 Navigation Pane 14 Printable version 8 Search Criteria Syntax 17 Search Tab 16 Searching 16 Using 13 Operating RDC from REFCON 182 Operations 109 Change Container ID 113 Setpoint change 117 Start defrost 117 Operations page in Container Details 116 P Passwords 50 PC description 20 254 PCT Communication Statistics List 256 Performance Bar 25 Periodic logging 131 Periodic logging parameters 130 Phone number 8 Planned container 153 252 Planning data element 154 Planning data import Automatic File Transfer 156 CSV format edito
109. ample the filter selected is the Container List Cold treatment Clicking Show list of containers opens the following dialog 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 186 User s Guide Z Container IDs Eg The Following containers were sent to the ROC in the shown order at latest preparation BRU9011965 BRisU901 2004 BMOoUS01 2426 ise a JDE CERLO 605337 CRUNT A0RA A Mo of containers 483 Here the selected containers appear in the selected walk route order Removing an RDC alarm from REFCON An RDC alarm is an alarm generated by the user by selecting it from the standard alarms list or by typing in an alarm text at the RDC unit during an inspection Normally you would check the same container during later inspections When observing that now the alarm condition is no longer present you would delete the alarm at the RDC unit and thereby have it removed from REFCON There are however situations where it is more convenient to remove the RDC alarm from REFCON You can do this by selecting the User Alarm button in the Container Details nA You will see that the normal User Alarm dialog box has been extended with an Alarms created from RDC section a User generated alarmis User alam created from REFCON Alarm tert Alarms created from RDC Alan s selected from list AL15 Loss of Cool AL53 Main Voltage Sensor Failure Typed alarn text This is free text alarm
110. an not close the last picture If you want to do so open another in stead from the Side panel or the menu As the starting point only one picture is open When simply clicking another picture item in the Side panel or the menu this replaces the existing picture When you want two pictures to be open proceed as follows 1 Move the mouse over the You will see that a symbol appears next to the relevant picture item in the Side item panel T All Containers 2356 Click the symbol The split selection popup appears 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS a User s Guide All Containers 2356 Seipoints differ list 0 _ Malfunction list 1036 Cold treatment 650 Select one of the split screen The new picture opens in the position indicated by symbols the lighter blue Maybe move the splitter to One picture gets smaller the other larger change the sizes of the pictures You recognize the splitter by the three spots appearing horizontally or vertically The Container Details The larger lower right area of the REFCON Monitor is occupied by the Container Details 1021 Increasing the Picture area It is possible to make the Picture area larger by sliding aside the Side panel and or sliding down the Container Details Use the Minimise buttons upper right in the respective element for this purpose To restore the Side panel and the Container Details respectively re select
111. anning System Communication Interface work the Planning System and the REFCON Main PC must be connected by an ethernet LAN ri Planning LAN Local Area Network When properly connected and software configured the interface runs automatically You will be warned by an alarm should the connection fail please refer to Trouble shooting the interface 174 Purposes of the Planning System Interface The basic idea of the Planning System Communication Interface is to automatically keep data updated on both sides e The Planning System continuously gets live data from the containers e REFCON continuously gets the data necessary to check the containers and to display them graphically Container Plan Please refer to the Planning System for instructions on how to send the below messages Be aware if it runs automatically or you have to do things manually On the REFCON side data transfer runs automatically however you can trig a complete re transfer of data as described below Communication status In the Side panel you can at any time see the status of the Planning System Communication Interface In the left example the interface runs well to the right it does not so Note that if the Planning System Interface is not enabled Planning data Import 152 status is shown in stead You will notice that the arrow in the icon points both ways only when the Planning System Interface is enabled The options menu
112. ans that the container is currently defrosting while means that it is not so In range E means that the temperature is currently in range while means that it is not so 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 198 User s Guide Z The pre defined Four pole list You may activatel 63 the pre defined Four pole list Afterwards you can modify the column selection etc to meet your specific needs Four pole and the RDC You may wish to use the optional hand held RDC to manually retrieve data additional to the four pole signals For detailed information about using the RDC please refer to the separate chapter The standard RDC selection looks like this RDC preparation selections Define how containers are selected E Containers that never communicated Containers with alarms Indude containers missing data Special reefers Use specified filter only All containers Exdude containers w unknown locations due to planning data Exdude ghost containers no planning data and dry reefers This will make all planned containers that are not Monitored by PCT sent to the RDC including planned four pole containers but excluding unplanned four pole containers If you want unplanned four pole containers to be included simply remove the checkmark labeled Exclude ghost containers no planning data and dry reefers 14 1 Four pole related maintenance The four pole configura
113. ar monitoring The system is suspending its automatic container communication for a while It does so because REFCON communicates with the specific container through a certain RMM Master Most REFCON systems have more masters of which only one can be active at a time and it takes a while to change to the required Preparing telegram sequence The system is figuring out which telegrams to send to the container Communication failed The system had to give up the operation because of communication problems with the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 112 User s Guide Z OOO container You may try again a little later Container is reported offline The system cannot currently communicate with the container Answer received from container The system received an answer telegram from the container in reply to a previously sent request telegram Success The whole container operation was carried out successtully Exceeded max retries Operation did not complete within time limit The system gave up completing the requested container operation because of communication problems The system gave up completing the requested container operation because it did not complete within the time selected in the REFCON Setup dialog Aborted The container operation was aborted by the operator Transmitting Xxxx xxxx message The controller accepted the operation Container an
114. are REFCON You want the REFCON Monitor to Save the link on a USB key Monitor installation run on a Secondary PC or similar as described in Remote Monitor Configuration zes Trouble shooting the System hardware is failing Watch the REFCON REFCON system Manager taskbar icon see below or the Supervision 263 tab Starting the REFCON Manager To start the REFCON Manager you need administrator rights in Windows lf the taskbar icon described below is not available when you need it you must start the REFCON Manager using the shortcut being normally found on the desktop 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Manager 261 Refcon Manager The REFCON Manager taskbar icon The REFCON Manager is identified by the following taskbar icon The icon can display the following colours Green Everything is fine all parts of REFCON on the REFCON Main PC work well O White REFCON was stopped by a user and does not run Orange Temporary state REFCON is being started or being stopped Normally the colour changes within a short time Something is wrong one or more parts of REFCON on the REFCON Main PC is malfunctioning Note The icon might be red temporarily for a few seconds this should be considered OK Opening and closing the REFCON Manager You open the REFCON Manager s user interface by e Right clicking the taskbar icon and selecting Show from the menu Show
115. are caused by misprint when the ID was originally entered into the controller maybe just a single character out of 11 is wrong note the check digit also must be correct Look for white or light blue position IDs that are similar to the Ghost ID If there is only one you probably found it Comparing Actual Setpoint and Expected Setpoints In some cases controller data like actual setpoint temperatures and controller type are available You would discover this in the Modem remedy list In this case maybe try going through the white or light blue positions looking for expected setpoint values that are close to the actual setpoint Do not expect an exact match In some cases this would reduce the number of suspects dramatically Using the RMM Master number Note This method is only possible for certain REFCON systems The communication on the power lines is similar to radio communication On some REFCON systems signals from any point on the power lines are reaching literally any other point and then the RMM Master number is useless On certain other REFCON systems there are barriers so that a certain RMM Master modem only covers a limited area In the latter case you may take advantage of this to find your ghost To Know if your REFCON system provides this advantage proceed as follows 1 Inspect the System Layout drawing Do you have only one or two RMM Masters in the system If so the RMM Master number is useless please j
116. aring and even define a Windows user to access the share Each time the Data Enginel 2s is started it checks if the folder and it s possible sharing information is exactly as you have chosen If not so a background function attempts to re establish it This is in particular useful if the Configuration Export Import 47 function has been used to copy your settings from another REFCON system as in this case the required folder the possible Windows user and the possible share settings are automatically created File import error alarming options You have the following alarming possibilities in case of errors in a Planning data import file no matter if you are importing manually or automatically C on O oeron Give alarm if file is rejected If REFCON dismisses the file as a whole thus using no data at all from the file the alarm is released In contrary if just some data are used maybe despite of errors no alarm occurs Give alarm if any container If there is one or more errors in the file with the result that record is rejected data from one or more containers are totally ignored the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 158 User s Guide B O on O o e alarm is released This also occurs if the whole file is rejected Do not give alarm No matter if the file is fully or partly rejected no alarm is released Still the event is logged in such case Establishing Online Connection Below yo
117. artly OK as defined meaningful above the useful parts of these records are used and the file is accepted otherwise the file is rejected All records that are not OK or Partly OK are ignored 11 4 Manual Planning data file transfer Overview The Planning data file must be transferred to the REFCON If automatic transferl 581 is not enabled you need to do it manually You can use a USB key or if available at your specific REFCON system the LAN network connection You can always use a USB The Planning Data File can be key or similar to transfer transferred online if a Local Area the Planning Data File Network connection exists Planning System REFCON PC Planning System REFCON PC Planning Data Planning Data File gt L gt i i a 1 Li i i P File transfer procedure To have the Planning data transferred to REFCON you must proceed as follows Decide the format of the transferred The file must be in the decided format which in file normally this is done once for the most cases is called Baplie 1 5 or Baplie all 2 0 specified by the SMDG group see www smdg org Also it can be a comma separated file csv in a customized format which must be configured before you can proceed see CSV format editor 165 At the Planning System execute The file must be stored at an appropriate the command that stores the location which can be a USB key or a network Planning data as a file folder accessible
118. as follows Open the Container List 58 or the optional Container Plan and find the container Right click the container e select Mark special reefer to change to the Special category or e select Unmark special reefer to change to the Standard category From the Shortcut menu In both cases select OK to close the resulting dialog box 6 4 Container handling mode ships only Overview This topic applies to container ships only When loading and discharging containers in a port Harbour mode containers are powered on and off rather randomly seen from a monitoring vewpoint At the same time the information received from the Planning System arrives asynchronously which might result in containers that are temporarily unplanned At the contrary at sea Sea mode things are stable and predictable When a container is without power REFCON looses its ability to supervise the container After a while REFCON will generate a disconnect event and if in Sea mode an alarm In other words if the handling mode is not set to Harbour mode before containers starts to disconnect there will be many false loss of power alarms 95 Similarly if a container is connected before being informed by the Planning System you will have a wrong ID alarm 9 if not in Harbour mode Mode indication In the Top Panel upper left in the REFCON window a field shows the selected handling mode by displaying either of the following
119. ase consult Understanding and Maintaining REFCONTI z to learn how to check and fix system errors Updating Planning data Modem troubleshooting highly depends on updated and reliable Planning data First of all this is a requirement to your Planning System It must always have the complete list of reefer containers and their locations If manual action is required in the Planning System to produce the data for REFCON make sure you do this whenever significant changes have occurred The following figure sketches how to import Planning data into REFCON if this does not run automatically 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Modem Troubleshooting 215 When container loading has completed Planning System REFCON Planning data 1 Make sure the newest planning data have been transferred if on No manual action is required at the REFCON side 2 Select Read file Read file Re read all online Send all Ondine J Krad plesia chats Like Desy pa hie a h a Mace a al ed h phia a i ub hnl hi 3 Find the file 4 Select file and wait Make sure the file was read ORK 2 On a ship leaving port Wait at least 180 minutes 3 Check your containers see Checking the Containers 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 216 User s Guide Z 17 1 Checking the Containers Overview How do you find out that something is wrong as r
120. at is the corresponding data are removed from the database While not deleted the container will still appear in the Container Plan and in the Container List so if you don t make sure containers are deleted you will very soon have a confusing mix of relevant and irrelevant containers As standard planned containers are deleted automatically on information from the Planning system The cleaning up parameters described above thus only relate to unplanned containers 252 Note that there are two delays involved 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Understanding and Maintaining REFCON 253 unplugged Disconnect ev entalarm data deletion if enabled Container Autom atic lt Disconnect delay _ Deletion delay gt Time At leftmost time mark the container is actually unplugged Then after the time Disconnect delay it is noted disconnected by REFCON Next after the Deletion delay if still disconnected the container s data are removed Note that possible log files are not removed by this function Data Obsoletion Under the Data Obsoletion tab of the REFCON Setup dialog box you can enable or disable the Data Obsoletion function REFCON Setup z THLE el eiai ST eh Data Obsoletion righis Enable Data Ubsoletion feature Delays to use When data originates From Power Line m30 hours RDC Unit 2359 hours When enabled as in the
121. at least two on each RS2LAN To make this solution work it is required that e the Main PC has a fixed IP address e that IP address must be typed into the RS2LAN using it s display keyboard e each RS2LAN must have a unique fixed IP address A separate user s manual is supplied with the RS2LAN as standard More than one REFCON Monitor As standard you operate REFCON through the REFCON Monitor being a standard application that can run on any PC with a supported updated version of Microsoft Windows including Windows XP Pro and Windows 7 with latest service packs It is always possible to run the REFCON Monitor on the Main PC You can run the REFCON Monitor from any PC meeting the base requirements provided that it is connected to the Main PC wa LAN secondary PC secondary PC 1 ae i 4 3 m LAN REFCON system with more Monitors The number of permitted concurrent running REFCON Monitors is decided by the license file 17 If for example the maximum is 3 and you have already three users working with the REFCON Monitor on three different PCs should a fourth user try to start a REFCON Monitor a warning will appear on screen saying that this is not possible The solution is to have one of the other users close down a REFCON Monitor You find a list of the running and previously running REFCON Monitors in the System Devices List 2541 REFCON Data Collector The optional RDC must also be seen as a part of the R
122. ated alternative filter filter button specifications Customize filter Opens the Filter Builderl 69 described below button Customising the filter method 1 One way to further develop the filter is to repeat the initial selection for another column see Initially selecting a Filter 64 above 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 6s User s Guide Z This way you achieve AND logic that is for a container to be shown it must meet the filter conditions for all columns where filters are applied You will recognize the word and in the specification in the Filter status bar and not the word or Customising the filter method 2 When you select Custom from the filter list Setpoint El Srl T Blanks Mo hian Blane the following dialog box opens Custom AutoFilter X Show rows where Setpoint lt Selected column lt Criterion 1 Criteria combination type lt Criterion 2 You will see that the selected column is indicated in the example Setpoint It is possible to select one or two criteria Each criterion is specified by a type and a parameter String Regarding the parameter string note that e It is not case sensitive you can use upper and lower case letters to wish e For some criterion types the character means any character combination see examples below The available criterion types depend on the column type A
123. ations or short operations is the common name for all commands and parameter selections that you can send to container controllers Remote operations are possible only on containers that communicate on the power lines A few operations are common to all controller types while others are available for certain types only Remote operations are only possible if enabled in your licensel 11 How a Remote operation is generally carried out You initiate a Remote operation from the sub page Operations 116 or for selected operations the sub page Summary 114 see these for details In general having selected the parameter and clicked OK or having clicked the command button leads to a standardised number of dialog boxes 2 You are requested a confirmation for example 4 Confirm Container Operation Please confirm the following operation DEMO 1000004 Change setpoint to 10 5 C Cancel Select OK to proceed 3 A progress dialog appears showing how the operation proceeds 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS no User s Guide Z y Container Command Status Ed DEMO1000004 Change setpoint to 10 5 C Refer to How a Remote operation generally works 111 for explanations to the messages that can appear in this dialog box You may select the Hide button which makes the dialog box disappear It automatically shows up again should the operation fail 4a lf when the operation has compl
124. bject Deletion An object was removed from the database eg a container object Alarm to Normal The cause of an alarm returned to the normal state If the alarm had been acknowledged it disappeared at the same time Acknowledge User did acknowledge an alarm If it had gone normal the alarm disappeared at the same time An event not covered by the above Event scopes The Scope column can show the following types Scope type Explanation Container The event affected a specific container defined by the Item description System The event affected the REFCON system Monitor The event affected the REFCON Monitor RDC The event affected the optional RDC unit 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Historic data logging tat Planning system The event affected the planning system in the optional case that REFCON sends data to this A scope not covered by the above Trigging types The Trigging column can show the following types External The event was caused by another external system system The event was caused by the REFCON system RDC The event was caused by the optional RDC 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Data Transfer for Global Monitoring EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies aa User s Guide Z 10 Data Transfer for Global Monitoring Background T
125. ble The power cable modem can be an independent unit or integrated with the controller If the modem is manufactured by Emerson Climate Technologies it is named RMM Remote Monitoring Module The hardware In it s most common basic configuration the REFCON system hardware consists of a PC and two PCT master modems but there is a high number of possible extensions and variants as described in The REFCON system hardwarel 237 The software The REFCON 6 PC software is one package with a number of configuration options 11 The software is described in The REFCON 6 software packagel zssl 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Understanding and Maintaining REFCON The external partners In the very most cases REFCON has one or more interfaces to external systems An important example is the Planning System from which REFCON receives important information about the containers The Planning System can therefore be seen as a partner that significantly increases your advantages of using REFCON 18 1 The REFCON system hardware Overview The description below aims at giving you a useful understanding of the REFCON system hardware what are the possible components how are they connected what are their roles and how can they be trouble shooted REFCON can be hardware configured in a very high number of ways If you need to know in details exactly how your specific REFCON system is configured you would
126. ble picture open you must choose which to print Select sub picture Please select which picture to print All Containers Event Log Simply click the one to print 4 Wait for the prevew window to open 5 In the preview window select your option as described in The Preview 1221 8 1 The Preview Overview When opened the Preview shows the active picture as it would look if printed in colours on A4 paper portrait 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Print and Export 123 f Preview File view Background neje e se e DEMO System Page 1 of 24 Event Log 19 april 2010 08 06 12 No connection to contai Alarm to System Syste 2010 04 19 2010 04 190 No connection to contai New alar System Syste 2010 04 19 2010 04 190 REFCON Data Engine st Creation REFCON Data Engine System Syste External 2010 04 19 2010 04 190 No connection to GMS lo Alarm to System Syste 2010 04 16 2010 04 16 1 No connection to GMS lo New alar System Syste 2010 04 16 2010 04 16 1 Receive list from RDC Import RDC data imported OK RDC User John 2010 04 16 2010 04 16 0 Send list to RDC Export RDC data exported OK RDC User John 2010 04 16 2010 04 160 Load datafile import co Import 63407006760 Load data file import Han Planning Syste LoadDataHan 2010 04 16 2010 04 160 Page 1 of 24 Zoom Factor 100 In the preview itself you will notice e Upper left the REFCON application is indicated exactly like in the R
127. buttons This option lets you select LMT from a list of time zones The time zone list is identical to the one found in Windows on the REFCON Main PC 2 REFCON clock LMT set by Select this option to have Advance and Retard is independent advance retard buttons displayed with selected value You can in buttons this case also adjust the LMT Offset directly or set the time zone like above Note that daylight saving time is in this case automatically applied only if selecting time zone Warn if UTC is Logging functions appear most reliable when UTC changed more than runs continuously A small adjustment can be limit necessary if the PC clock is not accurate but a larger change could be unintentional 2 6 2 Clock Setting Overview The Clock Setting dialog box can be opened from the popup menu appearing when clicking the current time in the Top panel The contents of the dialog box depend on the Clock Configuration 35 The primary variants are 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Monitor Clock Setting Clock Setting Clock Setting Current REFCON time Current REFCON time Current REFCON time Local time LMT 03 09 2009 15 17 25 Local time LMT 03 09 2009 15 14 11 Local time LMT 03 09 2009 15 19 22 Universal time UTC 03 09 2009 13 17 25 Universal time UTC 03 09 2009 13 14 11 Universal time UTC 03 09 2009 13 19 22 Date and time can not be set from REFCOV Loca
128. ce RUNNING OK Web server ClickOnce RUNNING OK Supervisor service RUNNING OK Commissioning Mode Sta stop Also it allows you to stop REFCON and to start it in normal mode or commisioning mode The states of REFCON s services Each service can be in any of the following states RUNNING OK The senice is running as expected NOT IN USE Grey The service is not running and it is not expected to be running according to License options STARTING Orange The service is starting right now should last for a few seconds only 5 TOPPING Orange The service is stopping right now should last for a few seconds only gt TOPPED Dark red The serwce is not running though it should be If not stopped by user this indicates a fault RUNNING AS APP Only PLS can be in this state It indicates commisioning mode Before logging off from the PC you must make sure you return to normal mode Why Stop REFCON REFCON is supposed to run permanently supervising your containers 24 hours so normally you would not stop it 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 264 User s Guide I You do however need to select Stop to be able to perform the functions under the Administration tab Backup restore and import of new License Container Plan or configuration Note You do not need to Stop REFCON to make the backup from the REFCON Monitor Remember that you have no container supervision while REFCON is st
129. check procedure Pre supposing that Planning data and the PCT system are all right you should check your containers regularly and in case of alarm as follows 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Modem Troubleshooting For each new container alarm Check the Containers 1 Check the Container Yes Alarm Summary related alarm s Ye 2 p Handle modem ae related alarm s No f Handlethe alarm as usual Any obsoleted 7 container s orange 3 Check the Modem remedy list 4 Optionally check the Modem missing list Repeat whenever relevant l l l l l l l l l l l l l l i 2 Check the Performance Bar l l 1 d l l l l l l l l l Note If Possible loss of power alarms are enabled the check of the Performance Bar step 2 above should not be necessary as you would then handle the alarms as they occur Understanding the flow charts In the flow charts shown in this guide like the one above the following elements are used Action that e either is referred to from another flow chart e or is described in detail in another flow chart topic Flow chart termination either start or stop Shows event or action that is not further described in this guide Elementary action that needs to further explanation Decis
130. chnologies Transportation Solutions ApS s2 User s Guide Z Saving the Container Plan To complete your work now select the Save and Restart button e Save means that the Container Plan you just generated will now replace a possible existing one e Restart means that the REFCON Monitor will restart to make the new Container Plan available 5 4 Container Plan Generator ship version Overview This version of the Container Plan generator is designed for ships where the containers are organised strictly according to the ISO 9711 1 1990 standard however it also handles certain exceptions from this Please examine the result if you have such exceptions The generator works with Baplie files that is files in the Baplie 1 5 or Baplie 2 0 format specified by the SMDG group see www smdg org All you have to do is to select a Baplie file including the actual locations on the ship Preferably the Baplie file should include all locations where you can have reefer containers or if you wish all locations at all Your Planning System would probably be able to produce such a file An incomplete Baplie file might also give a reasonable result Having successfully generated a new Container Plan and saved it it replaces any possible existing Container Plan Procedure To generate a new Container Plan walk through the steps described below A Invoke the Container Plan Generator s B View the result 83 C Save the Con
131. cific type is less than or equal to the optional count stated in the license filel 17 there is nothing to remove in that group e When neither of the two conditions above are met all offline devices of the type exceeding the optional count stated in the license filel 1 are listed on the remove candidate list If the check reveals no remove candidates at all you are informed like this Remove offline devices i Mo devices are offline at the moment J or removal is not allowed due to license No devices to remove Found 1 offline devices to remove RMM Master 22 22 Extra For test Removed devices will reappear once they go online anew Do you want bo remove these devices Select Yes to confirm the removal Reset statistics You can at any time select Reset statistics to have all the statistics counters reset to 0 18 10 PCT Communication Statistics List Overview The PCT Communication Statistics List is a locked Container List 58 having been configured out of the box to show communication statistics for each individual container Opening the PCT Communication Statistics List The PCT Communication Statistics List is available from the Settings menu under the Views entry REFLON Setup VIEWS System Devices Create Container Plan Digital 1 0 PCT communication statistics The PCT Communication Statistics List window In the PCT Communication Statistics List you find one line for each container 201
132. connected to a public network please be aware of the following Protection against computer viruses and similar We strongly recommend that you the REFCON customer make sure the PC or PCs running REFCON software is protected against all kinds of damaging threats If necessary you should install and run anti virus programs firewalls and similar on each REFCON PC If such software is installed you should update it periodically as recommended by the vendor Note however that full harddisk scans and similar functions should be disabled as such activities will significantly influence REFCON s performance 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Understanding and Maintaining REFCON 245 Windows updates When Microsoft does release Windows upgrades due to security reasons we recommend that you perform the update Do always reset the PC after an update Should this cause troubles to REFCON and Windows upgrades sometimes do cause troubles on PCs please uninstall the upgrade and inform Emerson Climate Technologies about the experience 18 5 The External interfaces Overview This topic describes the possible external interfaces that can be applied to a REFCON system Any of the specific interfaces has a certain purpose and should always be considered vital It is therefore important that all interfaces are kept running well Planning System interface Essential REFCON functions depen
133. consult the System Overview drawings in the Instruction Manual Hardware Descriptions pdf being as standard found on the Customer Disk supplied with REFCON The most simple power line solution As sketched in the following figure the most common basic configuration includes three components RS 485 net z Main PC ul Y RMM Masters REFCON system basic Any REFCON system includes one and only one Main PC You would then probably know it as the REFCON PC The RMM Masters communicate with the Main PC on an RS 485 network However standard PCs do not support RS 485 If the PC is equipped with an RS 282 port the problem often is solved by inserting a converter as indicated in above sketch and applying the so called Danbuss driver to the RS 232 port The standard solution of today is however to use the RS2LAN Simple solution with RS2LAN In the following sketch the obsolete RS 232 solution was replaced by a single RS2LAN unit RS 485 Main PC net RMM RS2LAN Masters REFCON system basic RS2LAN This solution is far more extendable than the RS 232 solution e The LAN can for example by using fibre optic cable be extended to literally any length 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 238 User s Guide Z e You can apply a high number of RS2LAN units and thereby separate the RMM Masters though still there normally must be
134. container handling ce The Container Summary The Alarm System As you see the Help is organised in modules In the example above there are 6 modules of which The REFCON Monitor is open Within each module you will find a number of sub topics in Some cases organised in more levels Clicking a sign makes sub topics shown Clicking a sign makes sub topics hidden To display any topic just click it This also is true for the module titles Using the Help Index Tab In the Help window selecting the Index tab lists all keywords in alphabetical order 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Introduction to REFCON 6 15 Contents Index Search Favorites Type in the keyword to find d Getting familiar to REFCON Alphabetically sorted list of topics Guidelines tor Daily Operations i i i Handing Log Files double click to display information Enter first characters you re looking for In the textbox type in the first characters in the keyword you re looking for The list scrolls automatically as you type if the string is found Double click the desired topic or single click and select the Display button Using the Help Favorites Tab In the Help window selecting the Favorites tab will allow you to use and build a list of important topics Note that you share the list with the other users of the PC Contents Index Search Favorites Topics The Co
135. created when generating the Container Plan if this option is enabled please refer to How the Default Walk Route is organised isl As defined by walk As alternative to the default walk route you can define your own as route loaded from file described below see Defining a custom walk routel 1221 see procedure below 13 1 2 How the Default Walk Route is organised Overview The default RDC walk route is created on basis of the optional Container Plan If no such is included the following description is not relevant How the default walk route for a terminal is organised As there is no common standard for the organisation of the locations in terminals the default walk route for terminals is one area named Div where all locations appear in kind of random order The only real value of this default walk route is to be the basis for your custom walk route please refer to Creating a custom walk routel 1921 How the default walk route for a ship is organised The calculation of the default walk route for a ship is based on the assumption that the ship s containers are organised according to the ISO 9711 1 1990 standard however it also handles certain minor exceptions from this 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 190 User s Guide Z The order of the locations in the default walk route is decided by the following rules assumptions e All 40 containers are placed with the machinery en
136. cribed below Clicking Check for update now has exactly the same effect REFCON Manager immediately attempts to check for updates on the internet If you have update files on CD USB key or similar you need to click Update from media What happens in this case is that you are asked to locate the update files Having done so the REFCON Manager checks the update files exactly as if they were found on the internet The result can similarly be No new software or update detected An update was detected No matter how the check was carried out as described above if a new software version is detected you are informed in the following ways e The message Update available appears in the caption of each REFCON Monitor REFCON Monitor M S Martha 1M0345743 Update available Sele File Tools Settings Help 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Manager 29 e The following dialog box appears on each REFCON Monitor REFCON Update available An updated version of REFCON is available for download In order to upgrade please turn to the Reficon Manager application running on the main PC New Version Information New version This is release notes for the next version The next version is a test version that is 100 identical to the curent version except for an additional file added to the system This is a new file t4 After upgrade you should be able to
137. curve as in the above example Moving the mouse cursor on top of a dot will make it s data shown in a tooltip Batt Temp 32 1 9 26 2007 2 56 57 AM In this example logging was typically done at 3 00 AM UTC The indicated time is about 3 minutes before that This is because the indicated time shows when the data was received from the container controller If data was received more than once between two loggings always the newest data is used lf no data was received between two loggings no dot will appear In the Container trend example above this is true for the Online data point and the Setpoint data point neither of them have changed or been updated since at least 27 hours ago Note that neither the humidity top green curve has changed in the example but humidity data have been received from the container controller and therefore dots appear Note that measurements appear with a limited accuracy 1141 lt may occur that dots are missing in between A typical reason is data obsolescencel 2531 Zooming You may wish to have a closer look by zooming in or a better survey by zooming out Both can be done in the following ways 1 You can use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in scroll up or out scroll down 2 You can keep the Shift button on the keyboard down and then drag the mouse over a part of the curve area to zoom in RACK0000094 RACK0000094 RACK0000094 ORKMP3000 YORKMP3000 YORKMP3000
138. d paper or file e OK saves the job for further handling by the background scheduler 271 Automatic Print Export job data fields In the Automatic Print Export Administrator and the Automatic Print Export editor the following data fields are or can be available Job title Aims at making the purpose of the job obvious to you and your colleagues You decide the text but it is required to be at least 4 characters Container List Select any item in the drop down list that is all locked and customer decided lists in the Side Panel the Alarm Summary and the PCT Communication Statistics list Job target type Select Printer or a file format The available file formats are e Pdf being viewable in Adobe Reader and being ready to print e Csv comma separated values being readable by certain programs including Microsoft Excel e Txt text format being useful in special cases 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Print and Export 127 e Xis Microsoft Excel 2003 format e Xlsx Microsoft Excel 2007 format Selected printer only if Select any item in the drop down list target is Printer File folder only if target is Use Browse to locate the desired folder which can be on the not Printer local harddisk or on a network drive You also can select a removable drive however are you Sure it keeps available File naming method file Select one of the options name only if target is not
139. d 1 the uppermost table shows the parsed content of the test file e f any header or footer lines exist errors are probably indicated Ignore these if the lines are in fact headers footers e Grid 3 shows a preliminary mapping result which is most likely unuseful Grid 2 rows mapped to relevant grid 1 columns Grid 3 should now reflect data from the file positioned at appropriate data points you 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Planning data import 167 may find the column header tooltip useful to see the full name of the data point Repeat steps 3 5 as required if any errors are indicated in grid 3 or the result in grid 3 is not as expected Understanding the parts of the CSV format editor Referring to the above figure the following tables explain the individual fields of the editor Option Option description The Name has no direct impact on the logic but it is an appropriate place to capture a reference back to a defined export list and possible format version information Test file The file is used during the format definition and to test and verify that files can be parsed Delimiter The separator character used between data source columns Header and The number of lines to exclude ignore during every import footer lines Encoding Must be selected to handle old DOS text encoding formats like codepage 850 and special characters like Turkish i or Danish
140. d a new FMM in stead of an existing a configured It would tell you that there is a need for changing the configuration as described in the following Also note that the Editor has two tabs The Stations View tab shown above is always open when opening the Editor You may select the Plugs View tab to see a list of all plugs as described below Sorting the lists When opening the Editor e The Stations View list is always sorted like this The configured stations come first sorted by Station Number After this the not configured stations are listed if any 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 20 User s Guide I e The Plugs View list is sorted primarily by Station Number secondarily by Plug Number You may change the sorting of either of the lists by clicking any field in the list s header except the header Click once to sort alphabetically ascending by that column Click once more to sort reverse alphabetically descending Changing the four pole configuration In a commisioning situation and when replacing equipment there will be a need for editing the four pole configuration You can do three types of changes Edit the User s Description Replace a Station and exchange two plugs locations Editing the User s Description To change the text shown in the User s Description column select a single station in the Stations View list right click it and select the first option LALA
141. d on data received from your Planning System loading calculator terminal operating system or what you name it Also for some REFCON systems data are transmitted the other way from REFCON to the Planning System There are a number of ways that this interface can work e Manual file transfer from Planning System to REFCON see Transferring the Planning data e Automatic file transfer from Planning System to REFCON see Automatic Planning data File Transferl1s8 This requires a LAN connection e Automatic two way online communication see Planning System Interfacel 1701 Global Monitoring Server interface To most REFCON owners it is essential that data are continuously transmitted from REFCON to the Global Monitoring Server Learn more about this in GMS Log Interfacel 144 Alarm extension interfaces In addition to displaying alarms on screen REFCON includes a number of alarm extension options e Email Notification 204 e Digital Outputs 2 0 for main alarm system REFCON Alarm Panel or similar The REFCON Data Service The REFCON Data Service allows other interfaces than the ones described above please see The REFCON Data Service and plug ins 20 It is likely that in future REFCON 6 versions plug ins will even replace some of the above 18 6 Understanding installation and update Overview This topic attempts to give you an understanding of the installation and update processes You will typically run an installation if REFCO
142. d on the REFCON Main Paia PC harddisk After this it is copied to the final destination i which may take quite some ere is no BMOugn space or ne OF time If Completed Success remove the USB key or similar if relevant Inspecting a configuration export file The export is a single compressed file in zip format It is automatically named as follows Installation name_yyyy mm dd HHMMS z_RAPCUrUa zip where e Installation name is the official name of your REFCON system as shown in the REFCON Monitor caption and in the About box yyyy mm dd is the year month day when the file was created HHMMSS is the hour minute second when the file was created z indicates that the date and time is UTC RAPCUrUa or only some of these letters indicate what chunks have been included see the Short column abovel 411 If you unpack and inspect the zip file you will see that it contains two folders e BackupFiles includes the data files in the most cases in xml format e BackUplnfo includes information used when REFCON is to import the configuration It is important that you do not modify the zip file as this might make import fail 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS aa User s Guide Z Importing a configuration file An exported configuration can be imported using the REFCON Manager 2 9 Selecting drive and folder on Main PC Overview Various functions in REFCON need to read from
143. d pointing astern For example a 40 container in bay 06 and a 20 container in bay 07 will have the controller displays accessible side by side while a 20 container in bay 05 will have the controller display at the other end ahead of the 40 bay e The walk route starts ahead on deck e You inspect all containers on deck first and then all containers below deck e Far most ahead you might have 20 containers in bay 01 You inspect these first starting just above deck in starboard side Having finished the first tier you continue at the tier just above starting again in starboard side Etc Bay 01 Port side starboard To Bay 02 just above deck port Start e Having completed bay 01 above deck you continue with bay 02 03 starting just above deck in port side When you reach the starboard side you turn around and inspect possible 20 containers i bay 05 starting in starboard side Back in port side you continue to the tier just above Etc 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I REFCON Data Collector O Top view Tier just above deck P a l h o Port side mn ih Bay 02 d O o o d Bay 05 Starboard e Having completed bay 02 03 05 you repeat this in bay 06 07 09 10 11 13 etc e Having completed the last bay astern on deck you continue with the last bay astern below deck If for example the last bay below deck is bay 54 you first i
144. d the container is still in REFCON s database you can in stead open the Container List 58 or the Container PlanI 78 and find the container of interest Right click the container and select Show historic data tabular view from the Shortcut menul 30 to have the list window opened Changing the time base Use the button upper right in the window to change between LMT and UTC Scrolling the list To scroll the list you can use e The vertical scrollbar e The Page Up and the Page Down keys e The key combinations Ctrl Home move to top and Ctrl End move to bottom 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 138 User s Guide Z 9 5 9 6 Event logging Overview The Event Log function records all important events detected by REFCON An event is considered important if it influences the cargo in the containers or the permanent behaviour of the REFCON system or similar The events can have all kinds of origins such as users controllers and REFCON itself There are in fact two event logs e The general event log contains all the newest events including system events and container events One single general event log file exists e The container event log contains all the events relevant to a specific container during a specific journey There is one file for each container plus possible archived files How to use event logging You use REFCON s event logging as follows
145. d with the Configuration Export function imported into REFCON You would typically import a configuration received from another REFCON system or from Emerson Climate Technologies The procedure is quite similar to the Restore function 2651 above Import License file Any REFCON system needs a unique license filel 17 defining exactly what standard features are enabled for the specific application If you decide to purchase a new license or if you for other reason receive a new license file you must import it using the REFCON Manager as follows 1 Stop REFCON 2 Select Import License File 3 In the dialog locate the license XML file and select Open If you choose an XML file of wrong type you are warned 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 266 User s Guide Z 4 Wait for import to complete 5 Stat REFCON Import Container Plan You can make a new or changed Container Plan available at the REFCON Monitor in the following ways e By selecting Create Container Plan from the REFCON Monitor menu On ships you will need a baplie filel 82 while in terminals a special XML filel 80 provided by Emerson Climate Technologies is required In both cases the result is a Container Plan stored as a file in the format used by REFCON 6 e By importing a Container Plan file in the format used by REFCON 6 In the latter case proceed as follows 1 Stoo REFCON 2 Select Import Container P
146. datalk Reengage time Return Return SP A eturmiz The Container List Size Cancel As you see there are two lists side by side You can use any of the lists as you wish You can use the mouse to select or you can use the arrow keys the tab key and the Enter key In the following we assume you are using the mouse In the list to the left all the columns are organised by bands 581 So if you are looking for a column and you know what band it belongs to click the next to the band name and then select the column name In the list to the right all columns are listed in alphabetical order You can search this list by typing the first characters of the column name in the text box uppermost Criterion selection Clicking Equals or any of the following alternatives displays a menu where you can select any of the following options Equals The column reading must Running Mode Defrost gt exactly match the parameter all containers in mode defrost string are selected but not containers in mode defrosting Does not equal Display all column readings Running Mode lt gt Defrost gt that do exactly not match the all containers in mode defrost parameter string are not selected but all others are including those in mode defrosting gt Is greater than If numeric column Display all e Alms gt 0 gt all containers column readings being with alarms are selected greater tha
147. de Debug log Files large The dialog box has been designed with an active and an disabled half to illustrate the similarity with the Configuration Export 47 function Backup procedure To make a backup proceed as follows File menu 3 pa y iaci aris oa cod ia aa th Ti Fie Tools Settings Help aare oie CE TAA MINN Fri Cee gree ees fe E a Backu 1 he Bb B a ae ACEP Prida nd ml mr i Dedd nae Si i Configuration export EErEE ASTA TENEU m Ug hy Lie Lat PrinkiExpork CtriI P 4 Auto printlexport Exit 2 Select which items chunks One or more checkboxes checked to include Note You can combine more chunks in one backup however consider if this is a good idea as the time scope of the chunks are different Select Star A folder selection dialog opens 4 Locate and select the folder The folder selection dialog closes and the backup where you want your backup to operation starts You will observe the progress 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The REFCON Monitor at be created Status In progress Note Insert possible USB key or similar before selecting Backing up files PONU4876580 log xml 5 Await completion In case of troubles you are informed like this Status Note First the backup zip file is created on the REFCON Main baie PC harddisk After this it is PS copied to the final destination which may take quit
148. ding amp Installing updates Updating Refcon to the latest version The REFCON Manager wyUpdate is downloading and installing updates for Refcon This process could take a few minutes ff Downloadingupdate qf Backing up and updating files uf Backing up and updating registry Optimizing and executing files 271 Note that here you have the option to Cancel the Update Doing so will roll back to the software version and data files that you used to run 4 REFCON is prepared to run after the update Preparing First Run after Install or Update REFCON 6 Reefer Monitoring System Copying files Please wait 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 272 User s Guide K 5 You now must decide on the following subjects First Run Choose upgrade method The REROON upgrade process is about to begin Please choose how you want the upgrade process to commence Preserve all my data from the previous version users settings custom lists Planning System configuration etc etc Keep my license file if any Keep my container plan if any Normally you would keep all checkboxes checked Unchecking the first will clear all data except log files maybe you prefer restoring the data from a backup Note that if you do not preserve data and do not restore a backup you probably will have to do quite an amount of configuration work to get up and running as expected
149. dows clock Setting the UTC When the Clock Configuration does NOT read Clock can only be set externally you are able to decide the universal time by selecting the date and or the time Set Universal time UTC On Main PC Set UTC date 03 09 2009 w andtime 13 34 02 FS To change the UTC 1 Select the date maybe using the calendar available when clicking the down arrow button 2 Select the time by changing the hour the minute and or the second separately Click the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The REFCON Monitor 39 figure eg the minute and type the desired value or click the small up and down arrows 3 Select OK or Apply If the Clock Configuration main rule 1 has been selected the header of the field reads On Main PC as in above example meaning that your change will affect the Windows clock on the REFCON Main PC lf the Clock Configuration main rule 2 has been selected the header of the field reads REFCON time affected only meaning that the Windows s clock is NOT affected 2 Backup function Overview We strongly recommend that you make backups regularly of system and log data All settings that you can decide in the REFCON Monitor as well as all container and event log files are as standard stored on the harddisk of the REFCON Main PC Unless you have purchased some harddisk mirror solution the harddisk should not be regarded as a reliable long time storage T
150. e you must make the decision You have the following options e Wait for a better moment maybe because you strongly need REFCON now Simply do nothing until the best time comes e Decide that the update is not to be installed Click Disregard this update Note that this is really only relevant for media updates and non automatic internet updates If checking runs automatically it will re discover the update a few hours later e Decide to install Click the Install update button and see the installation proceed as described below Update installation progress When you have decided to Install update things happen as follows 1 The software files are downloaded If a local media is used this normally goes fast while download from internet may take some time The progress is indicated Refcon Manager WS Martha IMO IM0345743 Seles Supervision Administration Remote Monitor Configuration Update avalilable Enable automatic update checking Install update Disregard this update Update status Online updating expires 31 2010 There will be no visual difrences in the appearance of the new version 2 Your existing software version and data files are backed up secured should the update somehow fail 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Securing current version REFCON 6 Reefer Monitoring System 3 The new software is installed Refcon Update E Downloa
151. e 8 What is Planning data 152 Why are Planning data important 152 Why use the RDC 181 Windows date and time 35 Windows updates 245 Windows user 46 X XML file 264 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS
152. e Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS eo User s Guide B Operating the selected container s By right clicking one container or by selecting a number of containers and right clicking one of them you will have the Shortcut menu displayed Please refer to The Container Command section of the Shortcut menul 3 for details Finding containers in the Container List If you need to locate one specific container in the Container List as well as in any other picture you might find the search function useful please refer to Container Quick Search 3 If you are rather looking for a group of containers you can use the filter functions described below Making changes to a Container List Note that whenever you make any change to a Container List as described in the following this is indicated by orange colours and symbols see List changed indication 24 The orange indication means that the Container List is temporarily changed You can not save changes to a locked 59 list If you have made temporary changes to a locked list they will disappear without warning when you open another picture Note that you can however save the list with the temporary changes in a new name using the Save list as command Selecting the order of the containers You can click any column header to change the sorting order of the containers Having done so you will see a small arrow symbol appear in the header Location a sf Soning ord
153. e at sea the set of connected containers remains the same throughout the sailing Once in harbour containers are connected and disconnected all the time and finally when leaving the harbour REFCON is updated with the new changed container load by Planning data file transfer as described above 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B The Alarm System This means that there may very well pass more than alarm delay time from a container is disconnected until it disappears from the REFCON database To avoid unwanted loss of power alarms while in harbour the automatic loss of power surveillance should be temporarily suspended by selecting Harbour model 91 How to configure loss of power surveillance Both enabling disabling the surveillance and changing the alarm delay is done from the REFCON Setup dialog box 100 When disabling the surveillance removing the check mark all already created loss of power alarms disappear once they have been acknowledged and no new loss of power alarms will be created When enabling the surveillance all timing starts anew meaning that at least the alarm delay will pass before any loss of power alarms will be created even if communication has stopped hours ago Decreasing the alarm delay means quicker discovery of containers without power but with the potential expense of more unwanted alarms Increasing the alarm delay generates less unwanted alarms but also slo
154. e cec cto ence eed eerce a cen a emcee a 100 Part VII The Container Details 104 1 Container Details COMMON sssaaa 105 2 Th Container HEM sorosiane E E AEON NE R E 108 3 Remote OpETaNoONS cisacissssscicsccdcnccccasasnescuscasscancasecsaetamesnssanoscuuteanucanestesenetannesascatsuanntesne 109 4 Change Container ID operation wise ciccicsccsecncceeinecsncenreseecseenesetcwdnsveersecederencesiectennssensedeens 113 5 Measurement resolution cccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeceseseeeeeeneeeeeneaeaeasasesereeeeeeeececeeeeeaeaeansnanans 114 SUA SUNMA a a a 114 T SUD PaGe Alarm S ore E E Na 116 8 Sub page Operations optional ccceceeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeneeeenseeenseseseseesneeeeneeeeneesnsenees 116 9 SUDPaGe Date oaeiae Ea EE E E E E EES 117 10 SUD ey gde EVENTS rirni prinia E E ee ee EE E E 118 11 Sub page Communication ssssssssssnunnununnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnene 119 Part VIII Print and Export 122 1 TRE SO circ erst cece tere ental E cons eencent 122 2 Automatic Print Export issecicsncecectrccicseincceetencwninimanwed ewewnnien ce Gniedenetiondanbeibunmeieeveieniceinesbsemeestamscne 124 Part IX Historic data logging 130 DPC TNOCUC VOC UNG sssi EEE EEA ENEE ERNER 131 2 Using the Container History Menu ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeenseeoeseeeesneeesneeeenseeonseeaes 132 3 Container rend esis erect cect a a iiaa 134 A WAISIONIC LOO scii E E 136 S EVNING ra EE E 138 o Evm LOO sero E memimete seen eome
155. e following philosophy e Logs for different containers are stored in separate files The file name includes the container ID e REFCON attempts to make it one periodic log file and one event log file for each container journey that is when the container has been loaded with new cargo new files are started and the old are archived Unfortunately REFCON can not specifically detect that the cargo is new In stead you select a time limit If the container is disconnected from REFCON for more than the selected number of days it is considered a new journey When archiving a log file it s name is extended to also include the date range of the included logs For example if the container was continuously connected to REFCON from August 29th to September 4th you will recognize this time span in the file name along with the container ID 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Historic data logging 131 e To avoid that the harddisk runs full archived log files are automatically deleted after your selected number of months Deciding the log file location The log files are stored in the folder shown in the light blue textbox Archived log files are stored directly in that folder while the ongoing log files are stored in an automatically created sub folder named Active log files To change the folder select the Edit button and proceed as described in Selecting drive and folder on Main PCI 441 Note
156. e icon or the text of the element opening the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 156 User s Guide I Read planning data file 6 dialog box e selecting Info opens the Planning System Interface Information 16 dialog box 11 2 Planning data file transfer settings Overview The settings regarding Planning data file transfer comprises e Selection of automatic file transfer and settings for this e Decisions regarding error handling in the Planning data files e Alarm settings regarding file errors and rejection Automatic Planning data file transfer When Automatic Planning data File Transfer is enabled REFCON will periodically look for a file with a specific name in a selected file location Please be aware that at the Planning System the file still has to be generated manually or automatically At a certain Small time interval REFCON reads the file and checks for changes We recommend that you always use the Automatic Planning data File transfer if possible requires network connection Planning data file transfer routing When in auto the Data Enginel 2s reads the Planning data file from the Planning System in one of the following ways 1 Planning System maps to REFCON s Main PC s harddisk Planning system REFCON Main PC A Planning Data B Planning File VA Data Engine File Creator Shared folder on harddisk LH EEE 2 REFCON maps to Planning System s harddis
157. e needs repair 2012 05 30 06 18 10 2012 05 30 08 18 10 Place of delivery FRLEH John 301486 MWCUS697300 ca4L30 Control Contactor Fuse Open 2012 05 30 06 18 04 2012 05 30 08 18 04 Mace of delivery FRLEH Carrier Microlink 2 E 220882 MiWCUS266600 ANV301 RH short fother sensor 2012 05 30 06 15 32 2012 05 30 08 15 32 Face of delivery FRLEH StarCool RECUS v Ki As indicated the Alarm Summary might be divided into sections The individual section is shown only if there is one or more alarms in the related category 1 Special reefers Here you find all containers that are marked Special and have alarms see Special reefers 94 2 Containers Here you find all non special containers with alarms 3 System alarms Here you find all alarms that are not related to containers see Alarms generated by REFCONI 89 Basically each line in the Alarm Summary represents one alarm however if there are more than one alarm on the same container or the same system device it is still just one line Please observe the Alarms column counting the number of alarms on each container device In case of more alarms the Text field relates to the newest alarm while the indicator leftmost flashes if any of the alarms is not acknowledged You can open a sub list of the alarms by clicking the sign leftmost The Alarm Summary includes a fixed number of columns The contents of the columns are described in Acknowledge state indication 9 and Column s
158. e recorded The Event Log 133 function records all important events triggered by users container controllers the REFCON system itself or any external source Logging parameters Under the Logging tab of the REFCON Setupl2s1 dialog box you can decide the parameters for periodic logging and event logging 1 REFCON Setup e 3 neasi ate E i a a aE a a sieeenmsts LOOGING Seergisanniinie Sone Enable event logging can not be disabled Configuration Folder fon main PC s disk to be used for archived periodic container log files and event log files C Container log Files Aore deire fog ier are sfaredun sut foier Achre tog ies Whenever a container shows up after at least p days of absence the container will be considered reused WIth new carga A new periodic log file and a new event log fle are started for that container and the old log files are archived Keep container history for 36 FJ months Unchecking Enable hourly logging of container data will stop REFCON s periodic logging Data are then no longer recorded but you can still use the Container Trendl 134 or the Historic Log 138 to view the logs from before the stop When enabled the automatic logging function runs according to the Configuration parameters that you decide Log file philosophy To promote important factors like data safety easy backup and high performance REFCON s periodic log files and container event log files are organised according to th
159. e some time If Completed Success remove the possible USB key or similar Inspecting a backup There i not enough space on the disk The backup is a single compressed file in zip format It is automatically named as follows Installation name_yyyy mm dd HHMMSS z_SLD zip where e Installation name is the official name of your REFCON system as shown in the REFCON Monitor caption and in the About box yyyy mm dd is the year month day when the file was created HHMMSS is the hour minute second when the file was created z indicates that the date and time is UTC SLD or only one or two of these letters indicate what chunks have been included see the Short column abovel 391 If you unpack and inspect the zip file you will see that it contains two folders e BackupFiles includes the data files in the most cases in xml format e BackUplnfo includes information used when REFCON is to restore the backup It is important that you do not modify the zip file as this might make restore fail Restoring a backup A backup can be restored using the REFCON Manager 23 2 8 Configuration export import Overview The main purpose of the Configuration export import function is to allow copying of settings from one REFCON system to another The similar Backup Functionl 31 is not suitable for this as it contains data that should never be copied All relevant settings that you can decide in the REFCON Monitor can be copied
160. e to the right the user John is logged on At security level 1 the above indications are not visible Logging on by choice If you wish you can log on maybe in stead of previous user by clicking the User element in the Side panel Log off TT support John k Select your ID on the list if you are not on the list please contact your local user administrator This opens the User Log On dialog box 5 Note At security level 2 the User Log On dialog does not appear as you are immediately logged on 7 At security level 1 you are not able to log on Logging on at demand You do not have to log on by choice as described above Any time you try to do something that requires log on you are automatically prompted to do so as the User Log On dialog box 5 opens Entering User ID and Password In the situations mentioned above the User Log On dialog box opens User Log On User ID John Password Permission required ta Change LMT offset e The person symbol being grey indicates that no user is logged on in advance e Depending on the situation the User ID field is empty or pre filled with selected relevant user ID If it is empty or if you want another user ID select one using the down arrow button Note that the drop down list includes relevant user IDs only that is user IDs with required permissions e Below the person symbol it is indicated what permission is needed if relevant 2015
161. eans that either data were never received or ney are obsolete In other words HasData is if either OnlineDataOK is or RDCdataOK is Location Shows the container s location as reported by the Planning System or typed in by the user lf is appended to the location it indicates that the container will be deleted as soon as all it s alarms have been acknowledged and it has stopped communicating on the PCT See also Planning data import 152 Obsolete means that data has been received from controller va Power Cable Transmission or RDC but they are obsolete while means that data are up to date or have never been received Online Communication Status On PCT means that REFCON has connection to the container or it had connection recently while means that it has not OnlineDataOK means that data has been received via Power Cable Transmission recently while means that either data were never received via PCT or they are obsolete 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The Container List 63 Column header Explanation PDdeleteFailed X means that the container was no longer in latest Planning data import but it could not be deleted because it was still online or did have unacknowledged alarm s This column is now obsolete because the same information is indicated by added to the location as described elsewhere RDCdataOK means that data has been received vi
162. eating a new role the two text fields are empty and all in the tree is de selected when opening the dialog box You must then e Type a role name The string must be unique Use alphanumeric characters only e Optionally type a Description e Select what groups actions permission to be included User Administrator access When selecting Add Edit or Remove in either the User Administrator dialog box or the User Role Administrator dialog box you are prompted for user ID and password As standard the user account UserAdm has the permissions to change user accounts and roles UserAdm is a special account that is not changeable or removable As standard the password of UserAdm is LSKEY It is possible to create users with same permissions as UserAdm At security level 2 you can not enter a Password Note a D At security level 4 the password mentioned above will not work A External documentation will describe how to get access in this case 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS se User s Guide Z 3 3 User Authentication Setup Overview User Authentication is controlled through the Security tab of the REFCON Setupl 2 dialog amp REFCON Setup Security Enable User Suthentication Configuration Use passwords Log users off by timeout Actual log off time 10 H minutes The connections between the User Authentication configuration and the security levels
163. ed container to go offline and have all its alarms acknowledged before itis deleted 12 2 Trouble shooting the interface Overview The Planning System Communication Interface is a vital connection Should it stop working it is important that you take action Here is a few hints 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B The Planning System Communication Interface 175 Starting Up When starting up the first time or starting up after a break e g for service the communication to and from the Planning System must be checked The check must be done to be sure that the interface is working all right The following can be done for checking the communication line 1 Check that the communication is enabled in the Sep dialog box 721 2 Inspect the Planning System Interface Live Monitor 177 Does it show OK upper right 3 Try sending a message from the Planning System You should be able to identify the message received by REFCON in the Live Monitor Checking that messages can be sent to the Planning System You may use the User Alarm 981 function to create an alarm on a container If enabled this will cause a message to be sent to the Planning System The Planning System Interface Live Monitorl 771 will show that the message has been sent however you also need to check that the message is received at the Planning System In both above cases if the messages do not work please check the P
164. ee named Area 1 2 and 3 You can display one overview only at a time The overview automatically adapts to the available screen area Hence if you make the REFCON Monitor and or the Container Plan window area smaller the Container Items get smaller and vice versa The Container Plan designer would normally optimise the layout for the maximum window size Note On ships you need to move the mouse over the bay to see the bay number 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g The Container Plan The Detail zoom level shows a decided segment of the overview On a container ship it would normally be a bay The Detail zoom level Aral Aea2 Area 3 gt K126 As shown in the above example a system of co ordinates appears in the Detail view You will see that the axes dynamically indicates the position of the mouse cursor Of course also the Container Items are much larger The segment is identified next to the overview name at the top of the picture eg Area 3 gt K126 Apart from this the information shown is the same as in the overview The detail view automatically adapts to the available screen area exactly like the overview The Container Plan Tooltip When moving the mouse cursor over the Container Items you will see that a Tooltip is displayed showing primary data regarding the appointed container Container DEMO 1000648 Location K1026 C Controller StarCool Data E
165. eed as follows 1 Open the RDC Preparation Selection dialog only possible with an RDC connected 2 Make sure the As defined by default walk route radio button is selected If this is not possible unfortunately no default walk route exists 3 Select the Save as file button 4 Choose folder and file name Customisation To do your customisation proceed as follows 1 Open Notepad or a similar plain text editor 2 Open the file saved above or a previously created walk route file 3 Follow the instructions at the top of the exported file and or the hints below 4 Save the file in a position that can be read from the REFCON Monitor PC for example on a USB key A walk route file opened in Notepad typically looks like this 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z REFCON Data Collector 193 P wrot Notepad File Edit Format wiew Help ff This is a copy of the default walkroute exported by user John on 2011 08 12 f YOU may create a customised walkroute by editing this file and then importing it to REFCON f f Please carefully follow these guidelines ff Any line like this starting with is a comment ae ignored by the import software E You may add Cor delete comment lines anywhere in the Tile There normally are Tour lines starting with These lines define what to call the if concepts area and subarea in the RDC display in various contexts oe You ma
166. eeeesneaseeeeseeaeeeeeneaes 177 Part XIII REFCON Data Collector 180 1 Operating RDC from REFCON siseeesconeccedese ic onecuewasees sswensneusmcneneusuciestonsnedeadenesmatcutensuccasuer 182 RDC Preparation Selection sansan a aS DAA AEE EESE 187 How the Default Walk Route is organised sssssssssusssunsnnunnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 189 Creating a custom Walk route ossressssos aE iSS 192 Part XIV Four pole monitoring 196 1 Four pole related maintenance cccccecececeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseseeeeneneneneaeasasaeaeeeeeeeeeeenenenens 198 Part XV The Email Notification function 204 1 Email NOURGATION SQUID ceisia a E a 205 Part XVI Digital input output signals 210 1 The Di itali lO Viewer sisii a EE 210 Part XVII Modem Troubleshooting 214 1 Checking the Containers soopsssaninn Ei 216 2 Checking modem related alarms ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeesesasaeeeoesnsaeeeeeensaeeeeesneaes 219 Symptom No Location Wrong or No ID in Controller Ghost cccecesssssssseesseseeeeeeeeseeseeseeeeeeees 219 Finding a Ghost COMAME si ciicenscasdvnensadiesuswaienvernvinnicevatusiluileddevdbuneel nooner ewevausldulaualudausigerteriundowuanneebweddoneudeusianuas 221 Change of Container S eee 222 symptom No Data from Contain t scssi a a 223 Symptom Stopped CONTIG AUN scrii Ea aiaia 224 3 Checking the Modem Remedy List cccccecceceececeeeeeeeeneeeeneeseeseeceeeseeeneeeensesensesonsesons 225 Sympt
167. egards the communication equipment on the containers Depending on the problem it will be visible in one of the following ways e Certain types of errors give alarms e The other types can be located in various lists as described below General checking tools In addition to handling the modem related alarms 219 we recommend that you regularly check your containers and attempt to fix the problems The job to fix a problem can be more or less easy As reflected by the Performance Barl 251 we think of two categories of containers e White containers that appear to have never had a modem installed are assumed not practicable to remedy but of course you are very welcome to install modems The white containers are not described any further in this guide e Light blue containers that have modems according to history should be repaired Note that having connected power to a container you should always wait at least an hour before deciding that it needs trouble shooting It will often happen that a white or light blue container gets green automatically after some time Light blue containers appear in the Modem available list as the starting point This list can be opened from the Performance Barl 281 Unfortunately the Modem available list does not in all cases give a complete overview of the containers to be handled In this guide we assume that you do in stead use the provided Modem remedy list Primary
168. elevant in the context and you have selected a folder on the REFCON Main PC harddisk you can define a share name being required by an external computer to make use of the folder You can additionally decide which Windows user on the REFCON Main PC to be permitted to access the share It is possible to define a Windows user 461 specifically for this purpose To share the folder write a name in the Share name textbox We recommend that you make it short and letters only If a share name is already defined you can e change it by simply editing the name e remove the share by deleting the existing name from the textbox Having defined a share name you should select a Windows user permitted to attach it from the Permitted main PC user drop down list Unfortunately the setting of the folder sharing as described above does not always work fully automatically You may have to follow the procedure Manual action needed to make sharing work 471 Defining a Windows user for sharing permission lf relevant in the context you can define a single REFCON Main PC Windows user with limited rights This user will be available at Windows logon like other Windows users If such a user has not already been defined through REFCON select the Add user button If a user is already defined the button text is Edit user Clicking the button makes the following dialog box appear 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The
169. elow Note that the Source table column shows where the information comes from Column header Explanation abbreviation Location e f a container It s location if known Planning System or e f not a container The location of the system REFCON device if known Origin e f a container The ID 4 letters 7 digits Planning System e f not a container The name of the system controller or device REFCON Text Description of the alarm cause Controller manufacturer REFCON Number of alarms on this container device Controller REFCON User The user ID of the user who acknowledged the REFCON alarm Time UTC and The time when the alarm occurred REFCON Time LMT User s note The text written in the Note field of the container Planning System or The column is always empty for system alarms user Generated By What unit did release the alarm If it was a Controller REFCON controller the controller type is indicated In case of a user generated alarm the user ID is indicated Action category The alarm s category in the optional Email REFCON optional notification system 6 2 Alarm propagation Overview The purpose of the Alarm propagation is to attract your attention in case of alarm In the basic REFCON version you need to watch the REFCON PC screen at intervals to discover new alarms However a number of Alarm Extension options are available that can alert you actively 2015 Emerson Climate Technologi
170. em Should a claim occur relating to a container that while loaded with the specific cargo in question for some time was connected to your REFCON the archived log files are supposed to help you proving or rejecting the claim Purpose 3 of REFCON data provider The last significant purpose of REFCON is to be a data link between all the connected reefer containers and external systems Examples of external systems are the Global Monitoring Server and the Planning System Summary of user roles Whether one user takes more roles or there are more users with separate roles it is relevant to think about the following principle roles for users of REFCON 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS to User s Guide Z Cargo Supervisor Data po IT maintainer REFCON maintainer Container repairer As can be seen there are two main roles corresponding to the purposes 1 and 2 of REFCON The roles in the second row are service roles necessary to fulfill the purposes and the main roles Cargo supervisor role A user taking the Cargo supervisor role is responsible for the points listed under Purpose 1f 9 above This user would take advantage of a wide range of functionality in REFCON including the REFCON Monitorl 20 and the Alarm System 881 Claim handler role A user taking the Claim handler role has the responsibilities mentioned under Purp
171. er arrow symbol If you click the same header once more the arrow symbol flips to the opposite direction The arrow symbol indicates that now the containers are sorted alphabetically according to the appointed column Only one column can be appointed at a time The meaning of the arrow symbol is e When it points upward like in above figure the sorting order is ascending A before B etc e When it points downward the sorting order is descending B before A etc Selecting the filter of the containers You select which containers to include in the list by setting up the filter Please refer to Setting up a Filterl 6 for instructions Note that you can not change the filter of a locked list Changing column widths You can make a column wider or narrower by dragging the lower part of the right column header edge ContainerID Alms 5 In the example the ContainerlD column width is affected 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container List ot 4 2 Container List columns Overview In the various versions of the Container List you find subsets of the columns listed below Alarm indication column All versions include the narrow leftmost column with alarm indication Indication iescription E a No alarms on this container l There are one or more unacknowledged alarms on this container l There are one or more alarms on this container t
172. er role is responsible for Keeping the LAN and the required external systems running and working optimally For example in many cases an external mail system is required to transfer data from REFCON to external receivers This user would need a thorough understanding of the interfaces relevant to the specific REFCON system The possible interfaces are sketched in Understanding and Maintainin REFCONI zs l while detailed descriptions are found in GMS lo interfacel 42 Planning data import 152 Planning system communication interfacel 170 and Email notification zA The Data responsible role A user taking the role as Data responsible must ensure that log data are backed up and secured for possible future claim handling purposes We recommend using the Backup function 39 for this 1 3 REFCON6 configurations Overview REFCON 6 is a highly flexible application providing a wide range of functionality Most users do not need all this functionality Therefore REFCON 6 can be configured Two major levels of configuration exist Purchase time configuration Your REFCON system was delivered with a license file that decides the purchase time configuration The file is named License xml You can open it and read it but you are in no way able to change it as it is digitally signed Contact us see Contact information 8 if you need a change To see exactly what is in your license see Viewing the Purchase time configuration 13 below T
173. es Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Alarm System 93 Alarm indication in the REFCON Monitor When the REFCON Monitor is open and active alarms are primarily indicated in the Side panel Alarms 16 Modem Missing 23 g Modem Available 84 Alarm indicators flashing or steady red Monitored and OK 568 683 System Alarms 1 The indicators and the related texts show e The total number of container alarms 16 in the example and system alarms 1 in the example All possible alarm categories and priorities are included e If there are any unacknowledged alarm s the respective indicator is flashing e If there is no alarms in the category the indicator is not shown Also alarms are indicated in the Windows task bar see The taskbar notify icon 48 REFCON s taskbar icon tor G BBL ee 13 00 Alarm indication with REFCON s Mini status window lf you want the alarm indication to be visible at a distance you may use the Mini status window 28 Alarm indication when the REFCON Monitor is not active lf the REFCON Monitor is open but not active when an alarm occurs you will see that the caption bar is flashing REFCON Monitor IOl xi fo REFCON Monitor ES Sel xi In the same situation the taskbar field is flashing keeping the taskbar visible even if auto hidden E fy REFCON Monitor Alarm Extensions In general the optional Alarm Extension functions more active
174. es of files e g log files You do so by browsing the file system in REFCON Monitor but you must be aware that when doing so you will most often be looking at the REFCON Main PC s file system and drive mappings rather than your own Anywhere in REFCON where this is the case a light blue background colour is used instead of the normal white to indicate that you have left your own set of drive letters and network mappings and now use those of REFCON s How to edit a drive and path In relevant places you will find an Edit button for example like this E Eat The textbox with the light blue background shows the previously selected path To change it select the Edit button The Choose Main PC folder dialog box Having selected Edit the following dialog box opens note that it might take some time 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS The REFCON Monitor 45 Choose a file or a folder on the main PC Please choose a file or a folder on the server machine Container log files gt Documents and Settings GMSLoglF 1386 import 5 gemme Hl baplie 1 E Always included MSOCache C Program Files RECYCLER Sysprep C System Volume Information wi Note If your network drive is missing click here to map it Manage network drives New folder Selected folder CA impart Selected file baplie eck Included if file to be selected
175. est existing log while older data are rejected Example The supply temperature was last logged at 7 00 Historic data are imported containing the supply temperature values at 6 15 7 00 8 00 and 8 35 REFCON ignores the values from 6 15 and 7 00 and inserts the values from 8 00 and 8 35 in the relevant container log file Note that this way there can be more or less than one log an hour 9 2 Using the Container History menu Overview The Container History menu entry allows you to select a specific container and have it s periodic log data displayed graphically see Container Trendhs or as a list see Container Details 115 or Historic Logl 1361 If you want to inspect archived log files this is the only way How to select To select a container and have it s logged data displayed proceed as follows 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Historic data earo 7 a a eo Open the Show historic Show historic container data gt container data dialog by iain list selecting Container History Containername displays all from the Tools menu E eee containers for rer AMZLIG374382 which active or o a APMU2843044 archived log User Administrator files exist on APMUS0B9655 Container History BAFLUBSOR059 the selected BAFUSS08063 folder 130 BCHU4961101 _ BHCU3021870 BHCU3080339 BHCU3109999 BHCUs907354 Show abe 2 Type a search stri ng in the amp Show
176. eted successfully the progress dialog shows this for a few seconds if you did not close it in the mean time Container Command Status AMFU8595399 Start Defrost COMPLETED OK Transmitting Start Defrost message Answer received from container SUCCESS Keep open You may select the Keep open button to avoid that the dialog box is automatically closed allowing you to inspect the messages 4b If the operation fails the progress dialog stays open re opens showing the error description At the same time an alarm occurs unless you have disabled this feature 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container Details f Container Command Status DEMO1000561 Change setpoint to 5 0 C FAILED Suspending regular monitoring Operation did not complete within time limit Refer to How a Remote operation generally works 111 for explanations to the possible error messages Indication of Remote operation in Side panel While a Remote operation is being carried out this is indicated lowermost in the Side panel DEMO1000320 Stari A P Deiros Indication of Remote operation in Container Item While a Remote operation is being carried out this is indicated in the Container Item 108 How a Remote operation generally works In the following table the messages that can appear in the progress dialog see above are described Suspending regul
177. f unplanned containers while the file has not yet been transferred These are fully supervised but the user will not know their locations Therefore we recommend the first mentioned schedule or a combination When are containers deleted It is essential that container data records are removed from REFCON s database when they are no longer in use As standard this is done automatically and you should normally never use the available manual delete commands Planned containers are deleted on basis of the received Planning data as follows e lf the optional 2 way automatic online interfacel7olis running REFCON receives a specific delete command from the Planning System on every single container When such a command is received the container is immediately and unconditionally deleted from the database and it is canceled in the Power Cable Transmission system Should this be a fault and the container is in fact still connected to power it will start communicating again after a couple of hours and will then appear as an unplanned container lf Planning data is received wa file transfer manual or automatic a container is noted as a delete candidate if it is no longer found in the file see below Unplanned containers are deleted on timeout see Container Deletion parameters ast About Delete candidates A delete candidate is a container that is no longer found in the Planning data file A delete candidate is indicated in the REFCON Moni
178. fication groups you are warned about this e Change the name or the email address of an existing recipient by clicking the Edit button This opens the Edit Mail Recipient zos dialog box described above Your possible changes are not applied when selecting OK Having returned to the REFCON Setup select OK or Apply here to make your changes take effect You may alternatively select Cancel to dismiss your changes 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Digital input output signals EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 210 User s Guide Z 16 Digital input output signals Overview Your REFCON Main PC is optionally equipped with hardware allowing writing reading digital outputs inputs As standard a relay card type LPCI 7250 is used but for specific details please refer to Instruction Manual Hardware Descriptions pdf being as standard found on the Customer disk supplied with REFCON Digital outputs The following table shows how the digital outputs are used as standard DO 1 NO and NC Reefer Container Alarm Normal NO and NC Reefer Container Alarm Special NO and NC Common Alarm Buzzer On DO 5 NO Reefer Container Alarm Normal NO Reefer Container Alarm Special Digital inputs The following table shows how the digital inputs are used as standard DIO 24VDC input Reset Buzzer Silence 16 1 T
179. from both REFCON and the Planning System 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Planning data import o se sn O O ome If you have enabled the Automatic Shortly after step 1 the file is automatically Planning data File Transfer function imported see Automatic Planning data File don t do more Transfer 158 lf using a USB key move it to the That is the REFCON Monitor PC where you REFCON Monitor PC are working Open the Planning data import See Tp aning seta sementin te Side Planning data element in the Side dialog a e 155 Select the file stored in step 1 and See Using the Planning data import Dialog 16 read it The last used location and filename appears automatically If you have any reason to doubt that Does the number of updated containers match the data transfer was successful your expectation See Viewing the Import inspect the Status Status 161 Using the Planning data import dialog The Planning data import dialog is used to retrieve a Planning data file manually Read planning data file Select the Browse and Read button to choose and read a planning data file or select Read now to read the shown planning data file Last read file Last read file if any Choose a file and read it C import B aplie edi Re read last read file If you previous have read a Planning data file and a file with same name but maybe newer still e
180. g etc Button Button description Saves the changes An un saved change is indicated in the form s title bar by a trailing Save Delete Deletes the format and no custom CSV format parsing will be attempted by REFCON Select file Opens a file selection dialog for the Test file Guess Tries to determine the format of the selected Test file i e the delimiter and also if possible the header lines footer lines and the encoding Please note that it is only a guess so you must verify the choices your self In most cases the guess must be corrected Preview Updates all the grids according to the selected options i e with the parsed content of the Test file 1 Data source Shows all the delimited lines of the Test file i e unfiltered content that is column numbers only tokenized according to the selected delimiter 2 Mapping of Shows the possible target data points for the import i e container id data source expected set points and text fields The columns of this grid are column to target described below data point 3 Preview import Shows the resulting import with the chosen data source columns to be mapped with the input values searched and replaced and potential error 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 168 User s Guide I Grid tabio indications like trying to parse a free text column as a type of double Every failed container line parsing is ind
181. g Server GMS Your REFCON system should be sending data to the GMS regularly as described in Data Transfer for Global Monitoring 144 When doing so you can use the internet to view the logs from your containers The other option is that you can have REFCON do it s own data logging based on the data that are periodically read via the PCT or the other possible data sources How to use periodic logging You use REFCON s periodic logging as follows e In the REFCON Setup dialog 120 you decide about the automatic logging if you want it to be active the file location and some time parameters e In the Container Trendl 31 window you watch the trend curves resulting from the logging e In the Historic Log of the Container Details 115 as well as in the Historic Log 18 window you watch the logged data as a table How periodic logging works As standard REFCON logs the data once an hour starting every full hour UTC time lf at the time of logging a certain data point has not changed since it was last logged as standard one hour earlier it is still recorded in the log file however the time stamp shows when it was actually updated so viewing the log reveals that it is old data 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 132 User s Guide I The periodic logging supports import of historic data If recorded data are imported for example from the RDC REFCON imports all data newer than the lat
182. g in the specific REFCON Monitor When a job is due it is executed The execution causes the REFCON Monitor to freeze for some time depending on the length of the list and the type of target When the job has completed the REFCON Monitor is again at your disposal If two jobs are due at the same time they will run one at a time that is the second job is delayed for the time it takes the first to complete If the REFCON Monitor is not running at a job s due time the job will execute as soon as the REFCON Monitor has been started within half a minute or so however if the job is more than one hour overdue the user will be asked if the job is to execute lf the job can for any reason not be completed successfully an alarm is released The alarm text explains the reason 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Historic data logging EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 130 User s Guide Z 9 Historic data logging Overview REFCON includes two primary logging functions making it possible for daily users and service technicians to view historic trends and sequences of events The periodic data logging 131 function records all available controller measurements and primary status indicators We sometimes refer to this as temperature logging as temperatures are important in this context however also other measurements ar
183. g is all right or not Also we think that the Mini status window could be useful when you work at the REFCON PC using another application than REFCON You might then place the Mini status window in a corner of the screen and watch it out of the tail of your eye Opening and Closing the Mini status window You open the Mini status window by selecting it from the File menu File Tools Settings Help Debug Backup Configuration export Printi Export Ctrl P Auto prinkfexport Switch to Mini Status ShiFE CErI M Exit You can also use the key combination Ctrl Shift M You will see that this hides the REFCON Monitor and displays the Mini status window in stead 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Monitor 20 Click anywhere in the Mini status window except the title bar to change back to the REFCON Monitor What the Mini status window shows The Mini status window is divided into four parts MY MUGI67 76 The upper left part is the title bar reading REFCON You can move the Mini status window by dragging this area The centre left part indicates the total number of items in alarm in REFCON right now that is the sum of containers in alarm and system devices in alarm If any of the alarms are unacknowledged the field is flashing If there is no alarms at all in REFCON the field is green REFCON amp MY MUGI6776 The lower left part currently sh
184. g symbols Elements involved in or affected by the REFCON Clock System The external Windows PC clock Used on Main PC only and only if decided by Clock Configuration Clock setting by external system Only possible for a certain Clock via REFCON Data Service Configuration Time synchronisation O Setting Windows s clock on Main Only if allowed by Clock PC Configuration User s Clock Setting If and where depends on Clock Configuration ieee 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The REFCON Monitor 35 Time synchronisation Only if allowed by Clock Configuration _ Time stamping SS Use of the Windows date and time On any of the optional secondary PCs the Windows operating system clock is not used nor affected Thus using Windows time setting dialog on such a PC has no effect in REFCON The light green parts in above drawing illustrate the Windows operating system clock on the Main PC being fully or partly used for deciding the REFCON clock There are two main rules decided by the Clock Configuration e With main rule 1 the REFCON clock exactly reflects the Windows clock Thus using Windows time setting dialog on the Main PC will make the REFCON clock change correspondingly However we recommend that you use the Clock Setting 36 dialog in the REFCON Monitor in stead if allowed by Clock Configuration e With main rule 2 the Windows clock is ignored The
185. ges 2015 04 07 Hans Peter Lund Four pole monitoring added PDF created 07 04 2015 in Aarhus Denmark by Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions Axel Kiers Vej 5A 8270 Hoejbjerg Denmark Phone 45 7023 4444 Fax 45 7023 6044 E mail ts support emerson com www emersonclimate com Transportation_Solutions www ProActTransport com I Contents 3 Table of Contents Part Introduction to REFCON 6 8 1 Contact information cae sticietbanrstercercnea tac ncan seed ecabenetsecntendecenanatetenceeceisninnsinententecges eceuentansvenenes 8 2 Purposes and User Roles asccseciss eines ce seciten ar wsiececseira vemweientvenedteseunesunetecteneceaesseeedeneaveneucent 9 3 REFCON 6 COMMOQUIAU ONS siisii a a a 11 A Usang me ONNE HEID eeso eure eau eeneecteceunyeecc eure eomeredeasieec anew 13 Searching The Online He p siansa eaii es 16 Part Il The REFCON Monitor 20 1 The REFCON Monitor base picture wcciccsccissncceeeceectseeednndenwsswnctetceeedeewcivedaewedenrcecssweetetanners 21 2 ihe Perlormance Bal ccicsiiisdeseectescdip coveauecwecedwvdnaysacecvncerwitnawancarsesceavesesaeuectooeensieadeanvecneen 25 3 The MiniStatus WINGOW sacs ceciccnddecstiemncesecwicacieivedeciccaddewstienccentanqenewsixndankeusddevetixnmontewounes 28 SOP UG UIE MENUS seisuga EE we ni sen EEE 30 5 Container Quick Search cccccccceeeceececeeeeeeceeneeeeecnensaseeceeneasaeeeensaeaeeecnsasaseeeesnsaeeneeeneaes 32 6 The REFCON Clock System sej
186. ges are not applied when selecting OK Having returned to the REFCON Setup select OK or Apply here to make your changes take effect You may alternatively select Cancel to dismiss your changes Adding or editing an email recipient When you decide to Add or Edit a recipient the following dialog box opens Edit Mail Recipient Hame Email address e It is optional but recommended that you enter a Name for the recipient It could be a persons name or a job title maybe If you do not want to define a name clear the field e You must enter a valid email address as two strings separated by 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Email Notification function 207 e Click OK to finish your change Editing the Recipient List Selecting the Edit receiver email addresses button in the REFCON Setup makes the following dialog box appear Edit Email Addresses Registered Email Recipients John Jensen lt johrnisomecompary com Add nev Anne Hansen lt hansentothercompany com gt Delete E dit You will recognize the Recipient List as a simplified list of Contacts as known from most email programs In the dialog you can e Add a new recipient by clicking the Add new button This opens the Edit Mail Recipient 20s dialog box described above e Remove the selected recipient by clicking the Delete button Note that if the recipient is in use in one or more Noti
187. go temperatures are logged with following resolutions depending on temperature intervals Below 1 71 C 1 0 C resolution From 1 71 C to 3 39 C 0 05 C resolution Above 3 39 C 0 25 C resolution 7 6 Sub page Summary Overview The Summary is the common front page of the Container Details SUDUG61 73635 Summary Alarms 0 Operations Data Events Communication Location 351206 Setpaints click one to changet Commands Historic Log Temperaturesin C LMT UTC T t 0 0 oc jif Time Operating mode Coal reduced PE Refresh now Bate JaMP SE Eo LEME EE SUB um 0 0 0 0 0 1 Current Thermo King MP 3000 _Defrost 2012 06 14 08 00 O 0 0 oo 0 1 07 00 O 0 0 oo D1 06 00 0 0 0 00 ith Load Pork 05 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 a Special 04 00 D 0 0 oo 0 1 Contents f Delete 3 00 D 0 0 0 0 0 1 Mote ee 02 00 0 0 0 0 ROC Mote Trend a an nn The Summary includes the information and options that according to feedback from users are generally the most important and or the most frequently used User Alarm THERMO KIG The Setpoint area Next to the Identification areal 10s uppermost the setpoints available for the specific controller type are listed The first one is always the Temperature setpoint The following rules apply to 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container Details each of the setpoints e f the actual
188. h two backslashes then write the exact name of the external computer and finally type the path on that computer Example NameOfExternalComputer REFCOMNfiles PlanningData Do not include any file name 3 If the external computer is secured check the Use log on credentials check box Ifa domain is to be specified either select this from the drop down list or prepend or append it to the username as mentioned in the dialog box Type a valid user name and password Note that if you type an invalid domain user name or password you must expect quite a long response time from the system before you are informed 4 Select Add connection You do now automatically return to the Choose a folder dialog 44 having the new drive selected In the Manage network drives dialog box you may alternatively e Simply inspect an existing connection select a used drive letter eg F and see the corresponding path e Remove a connection select a used drive letter eg F and click the Remove connection button Create new folder To create a new folder 1 Select the drive folder where you want the new folder to occur in the upper part of the Choose a folder dialog 441 2 Select the New folder button 3 Type the name of the new folder and select OK If success you do automatically return to the Choose a folder dialog 441 having the new folder selected If not success you are informed about this Sharing a local folder lf r
189. have the data transmitted For example if a new transmission crew is meeting at 7 o clock you might select the fixed time 6 45 to provide fresh data note that the total transmission may take some time Frequency of Here you select how often the data are transmitted For example selecting transmissions Every 6 hours and the fixed time 6 45 would start the transmission at 0 45 6 45 12 45 and 18 45 Delay between Normally leave this value as it is however if you experience troubles like messages data for some containers are not updated in the Planning System try to increase the value Be careful not to select a very high value For example if you select 500 milliseconds and you have 2000 reefer containers the total transmission time will be at least 1000 seconds such a long time would hardly be expedient Transmission log files REFCON logs all messages transmitted on the interface in both directions You may select the parameters Main PC folder The log files are stored on the REFCON Main PC s harddisk You can select for log files the specific folder by clicking Browse see Selecting drive and folder on Main PCT 44 Keep log files The purpose of the log files is trouble shooting While everything runs well 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 174 User s Guide they are needless and just occupies space on the harddisk But when one day troubles should occur you will
190. he setpoints expected and change the first mentioned on the controller if necessary Make sure you have covered all the If your preparation list is complete Are they selected containers all green Return and place the RDC unit in After this wait a few seconds for the RDC the docking station unit and the PC to connect Select the Import data file Note that only containers with updated data command on the PC are affected and only if they meet the conditions for RDC monitored containers Also for each container get it s Data is retrieved automatically if your RDC runtime values wait or type and the container are equipped with matching wireless technology otherwise you need to type in setpoints primary temperatures alarm state and maybe other measures on the RDC Usually you would repeat the inspection periodically lf no new Planning data you start succeeding inspections at above step 4 or if Same selection and walk route at step 6 Why Use the RDC Normally most containers communicate with REFCON over the power cables PCT however it will happen that a number of containers don t This can be because of defects or simply because the containers are not equipped with power cable modems Thus containers that do not communicate will have to be supervised manually to some extent With the RDC this manual inspection gets easier and it allows data to be integrated in REFCON and on the Global Monitoring Server
191. he Container Item Sym Short description Explanation bol Dark grey No reefer container at The location is vacant or it is occupied by a location container that is unknown to REFCON Divided in Two 20 containers at The foremost container is shown at the upper half location of the square Note that if there is only one 20 reefer container at the location the other half being vacant or occupied by a dry reefer the full square is used in which case you can not graphically distinguish between a 20 and a 40 container Light grey A disabled location A location that can not be occupied by any reefer ships only container See Enabled and disabled locations 831 Container Plan Generator terminal version Overview This version of the Container Plan generator allows you to import a Container Plan designed in the separate tool RefConfig Having successfully imported a new Container Plan and saved it it replaces any possible existing Container Plan 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container Plan at Procedure To import a Container Plan walk through the steps described below A Make sure you have an XML file exported from RefConfig B Invoke the Container Plan Generatorl 81 C View the result 811 D Save the Container Planl 821 Invoking the Container Plan Generator To open the Container Plan Generator select Create Container Plan from the Sett
192. he Digital IO viewer Overview The Digital IO viewer shows the status of each individual digital output and input on the optional relay card Note however that it is in fact the internal software status that is shown should a relay or external cabling fail the physical signal might differ Opening the Digital IO viewer The Digital IO viewer is available from the Settings menu under the Views entry if enabled in the licensel 17 REFLON Setup VIEWS System Devices Create Container Plan Digital 1 0 PLT communication statistics 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Digital input output signals 211 Description of the Digital IO viewer In the Digital IO viewer you see one circular indicator for each digital output and input Digital I0 viewer Digital Inputs Digital Outputs Usages i Usages REFCON system alarm For main alarm systemi Buzzer silence pushbutton alarm panel option Normal reefer container alarm main alarm system Spare Special reefer container alarm main alarm systemi Spare Buzzer alarm panel option REFCON system alarm alarm panel option Spare Spare Normal reefer container alarm alarm panel option Spare Special reefer container alarm alarm panel option Spare Spare Spare O 5 O O O DEDE E KOLDE E E The input is not active OVDC The input is active 24VDC The digital
193. he Global Monitoring concept makes it possible for container owners and other interests to establish automated and centralised remote monitoring of the reefer containers covering the whole journey The central part of the concept is the Global Monitoring Server GMS The GMS is an internet based database that regularly receives data from most REFCON systems worldwide about the connected reefer containers Also it receives data directly from containers equipped with the RMM modem and from other data sources The highest efforts are done to keep the data on the GMS private that is they can only be accessed by people with legal rights to read them Using standard internet PCs interested parties with legal rights can log in to http gms myreefer com and inspect data The value of this highly depends on the regularity and the coverage You may visit www myReefer com for further information When is your interaction required lf you are a daily user of REFCON you should pay attention to GMS in the following cases Your action Reference Manual data transfer has Perform manual transfer at Please refer to Transferring data been selected least once a day manually 148 and Checking if our transfer works manuall 148 below A system alarm regarding Identify and solve the Trouble shooting the GMS GMS appears problem connection 150 If you are a commisioning responsible a service technician or similar you are probably the one being
194. he dialog box appears something like this Container Plan Generator This generator can produce a new The generator is designed For ships where the containers are organised strictly Container Plan From a Baplie File according to the 50 9711 1 1990 standard however it also handles certain exceptions From this Please examine the result iF you have such exceptions File selection Select the desired Baplie File CWYorking SampleB4PLie BAP Browse i Include positions For dry reefers Result Status Success Total bays 16 Save and Restart Cancel In this example you observe e The Result Status reads success stating the number of bays detected 16 in the example e The Save and Restart button has become enabled Saving the Container Plan To complete your work now select the Save and Restart button e Save means that the Container Plan you just generated will now replace a possible existing one e Restart means that the REFCON Monitor will restart to make the new Container Plan available Enabled and disabled locations The Generator determines the overall maximum and minimum tier and row numbers and then constructs the basic bay to fit these Then it constructs the specific individual bays in accordance with the specific locations defined in the Baplie file The result in the very most cases is that a number of locations are disabled as indicated in the following example 2015 E
195. he following list shows some of the decisions made in the license file note that the list should not be considered complete Terminal or Ship Flag Some details in REFCON work different depending on whether your system is in a terminal or on a ship In the most cases it is smaller differences Installation Name String The installation name is and must be unique that is no other REFCON system in the world is allowed to have the same name The name is shown in the caption line of the REFCON Monitor Further it is used to identify the system when transmitting or exporting data to external receivers IMO number Ships only The ship s unique IMO number Container Plan enabled or Option This option decides whether the graphical container not overviews are included in your system or not RDC or not Option This option decides whether you can use the handheld REFCON Data Collector with your REFCON system or not The RDC is powerful to 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS User s Guide I collect data from containers that can for some reason not communicate over the power lines Remote container Option This option decides whether you can send operations enabled or not commands to container controllers from REFCON such as changing temperature setpoint or starting defrost Email notification enabled Option This option decides if you can have emails or not transmitted in case of alarms Dig
196. he plug in If the plug in runs on the REFCON Main PC you might try to restart this If the plug in runs on another PC check the LAN connection or try restarting the other PC lf in contrary the plug in works fine but it has no connection to the external system Connection B in the above example or it otherwise fails to do it s duty it creates an alarm in REFCON a ICS REFCON Interface plugan External System i External system Note that it looks the same except that the Online indicator is green To see the alarm description you need to check the System Alarm Summary If both the above alarms are active at the same time which is unlikely in practice it looks like this System Alarm Summary Location Origin Text Alarms User Time UTC Time E ICSREFCON ue Devis wen a Tus a Text User Time UTC Time LMT Generated By Device went offline 2012 06 07 14 32 09 2012 06 07 16 32 09 REFCON ICS never connected 2012 0607 14 23 16 2012 06 07 16 23 16 ICS REFCON InterFace plugini Notice the Generated By column The Connection A alarm is generated by REFCON while the Connection B alarm or any other function alarm is generated by the plug in In the latter case please refer to the plug in manual see below Plug in details and update info You can get more information about the plug in by right clicking it in the System Devices List 254 and selecting Properties from the drop down menu 2015 Emerson Climate
197. he update before it actually takes place If your REFCON Main PC is not connected to the Internet or if the plug in is running on another PC you must obtain the new installation program from Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS You then run this program on the relevant PC which makes the version updated How to supervise a plug in As any plug in must be considered vital it will as standard be indicated in the REFCON Monitor 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 22 User s Guide Z as a line in the System Devices List 2s An example would be System Devices Device User s description Online Software Hardware Activity Grol Rbi Master 22 10 Mk E 0 1070300 F 03050212 Flash Amm blaster bE ze gt RMM Master 22 11 Wk E 01070300 F 03050212 Flash RmmbiasterMEIY oad are CS1fowea 78 10 63 139 108 REFCON Main PC C REFCON Monitor PE ICS REFCON Interface plugin External System i External system lt ___ Here the plug in is the last device with User s description External System Online is green indicating that the plug in is running There is no alarm indication which as standard means that the plug in works as intended Should the plug in fail to run or should the Connection A in the above figure break it causes an alarm E ICS REFCON InterFace plugin External System E External system As seen Online is grey indicating no connection to t
198. herefore if you consider your settings and or the container log files valuable you must back up to an external media Note that the backup function is quite similar to the Configuration Export 44 function Backup chunks The whole set of files that can be backed up are divided into the following chunks eer When to backup Included information Basic System Data When changes have Installation settings been made or Settings selected in REFCON Setup regularly Customized Container List versions and the like User profiles Event log files Container history Regularly very The trend log files for every single files often container Note that the size of this chunk can be giga bytes especially if you have a large amount of containers Debug log files When requested in Logs that hopefully could help Emerson case of troubles Climate Technologies to solve problems correct errors or to improve the product The Backup dialog box The Backup dialog box looks like this 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 40 User s Guide iS System Data Backup Use this window to back up all vital system data The backup can later be restored using the Refcon Manager application running on the Main PE Please note that Container History files and Debug Log files map be very large Select which items to include Include Basic System Data Include Container History Files large Inclu
199. hey have all been acknowledged Column specifications REFCON provides about 130 columns organised in about 15 bands 58 These can all be used in customised Container Lists as desired Note that e Not all columns that origin from controllers are relevant to all controller types If the controller does not provide that measure the field will be empty e Similarly not all columns that origin from the Planning System are relevant to all Planning System interface protocols If it is not included the field will be empty When shown in list headers column names can be abbrewated and therefore be difficult to understand Try moving the mouse cursor over the name in the list header you will then normally get a tooltip that explains the abbreviation You will in general see the following abbreviations Abbreviation Explanation Absolute Exp Expected informed by Planning System or user 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 62 User s Guide Z Be spf Setpoint swe Software The following table describes a few columns that could need a special explanation Column header Explanation Defrosting Defrosting A D is shown when the controller reports that it is being defrosting Extern datacord means that the UOR has external Datacorder while means that it has not HasData means that data has been received from controller va Power aoe Transmission or RDC recently while m
200. his may mean that it is deleted from REFCON e You decide whether the out of range alarm is to be cut off while the disconnected timer is running by setting the first checkbox in the window e You decide if you want an alarm on defrosting too long by setting the second checkbox If selected you decide the time limit e The third checkbox decides whether you will have a system alarm in the case that an FMM stops communicating Container List columns relevant to four pole monitoring A few columns are available in Container Lists being relevant with the four pole monitoring option enabled These columns are Column header Explanation abbreviation Cmpr Runn means that the compressor is currently running while amp means that it is not so Defrosting D means that the container is currently defrosting while empty field means that it is not so In range means that the temperature is currently in range while amp means that it is not so Plug No The plug number on the FMM 1 10 reading the binary signals 4P Station ID The user decided description of the FMM Indication in Container Plan etc When a container is four pole monitored the three signals are graphically indicated in the Container Details and the optional Container Plan like this L From left to right the signals are indicated as follows Cmpr Runn E means that the compressor is currently running while means that it is not so Defrosting E me
201. historic container data Ea The Container name field 1 Containers list Containers EHCU 2080338 type still GLDU3087793 showing all H container IDs including the typed string As shown in the example this might very well be a string in the middle of Show table the ID Select the desired container Show historic container data gt lt The container is by highlighted e Double clicking it in the Container name U308 Cd Containers list or e TEITI e Using the Down and Up HEEE keys MSKU3089569 Select the Show graph The dialog closes and the Container button or the Show table Trendfis4 or the Historic Log 1281 button opens 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS isa User s Guide Z 9 3 Container Trend Overview The Container Trend is a window showing historical data related to one specific container in a co ordinate system As standard values from a certain number of selected data points are shown depending on the type of the container controller When opening the window approximately the last 24 hours are selected and the range of the Y axis matches the values found within that time period You can manipulate the appearance of the trend as described below Opening the Container Trend There are three ways to open a Container Trend 1 Click the Trend button in the Container Details FA 2 Use the Container history menu option 12
202. hnologies Transportation Solutions ApS 24 User s Guide Z Refcon Manager Sample ship system IMO f f fii Seles Retcon version 6 5 0 4260 Currently installed plug ins on this machine 1 Hame Version Update status Next version info ICS REFCON 1 1 0 0 HSA Release Notes In this example only one plug in is found 18 4 Third party Software on the REFCON PC Overview Your system includes a REFCON Main PC and maybe one or more REFCON Monitor PC s As standard the REFCON Main PC is reserved for the task of running REFCON Being a demanding task you should not install additional software on the REFCON Main PC without acceptance from Emerson Climate Technologies with the exceptions described below Be aware that REFCON may be using COM ports and other PC resources in special ways which might conflict with third party software In worst case this could cause REFCON to malfunction In contrary the REFCON Monitor often runs on a PC that also runs other applications As the REFCON Monitor is less critical and less demanding this rarely causes troubles however if your REFCON Monitor does not work well please try closing the other applications REFCON on public networks some REFCON systems are stand alone systems that are not connected to the Internet or similar If your REFCON is such a system please stop here as virus software etc is not an issue in this context lf however your REFCON PCs are somehow
203. icated at the start of the row and if possible at the failing cell like this o CHE Null value Column Generic_LoadData_Temperature Columns in Mapping grid The columns in the grid Mapping of data source column to target data point can be described as follows Source column The values in this column map to the column numbers in the Data source column numbers grid Choose from the drop down list to change Search and Is a very simple transformation option which helps to change the input Replace value before it is stored in REFCON For example it can trim away a trailing C before the decimal value is parsed into REFCON as a set point DataPoint All the columns starting with DataPoint are just information to help you columns choose e g the right Search and Replace values and that you do not import Fahrenheit degrees into a data point expecting Celsius degrees 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The Planning System Communication Interface EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 170 User s Guide Z 12 The Planning System Communication Interface Overview Your REFCON system might include the Planning System Communication Interface option The option is relevant in container terminals and similar places where reefer containers frequently come and go in contrary to container ships To make the Pl
204. icated exactly like in the main Alarm Summary 97 The alarms can be acknowledged 9 individually or in groups using the small acknowledge buttons upper right Note that within the tab header mmar Alarms 2 14 lel a ILT the number of alarms on this container is indicated for example e 0 means there are no alarms e 2 1 means there are 2 alarms and 1 of these has not been acknowledged e 2 means there are 2 alarms that have all been acknowledged You can print export 122 the container alarms summary by selecting the print button upper right Columns in the Container Alarm Summary The columns in this list is the relevant subset of the columns in the main Alarm Summary Please refer to Column specifications 92 for explanations 7 8 Sub page Operations optional Overview When Remote container operations are enabled in the license filel 17 you find the Operations Sub page in the Container Details 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container Details 117 MWCUG745130 TER Location 020184 Setpoint change Defrost Operating mode Modulation Temperature 14 0 Start defrost Refresh now StarCool RECUS Delete container record Within the Operations sub page you find all the possible container commands of which you recognize some from the Summary pagel 1151 lf a certain command is not supported by the specific container or it is for
205. ight blue Not started The container was included in Planning data but did not communication yet start communicating It s modem should be modem available available due to data from the Global Monitoring Server GMS or due to actual communication with a modem that has no connection to it s controller Green Everything is OK The container communicates by PCT and has recently been updated and there is no alarms Monitored OK by The container has recently been updated by means of the optional RDC or via the REFCON Data Service and there is no alarms Flashing New alarm s There is one or more alarms on this container and one or more of these has not been acknowledged Acknowledged There is one or more alarms on this container and they alarm s have all been acknowledged 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B The Container Details 109 Short Explanation description Orange Data obsolete Primary data on this container are obsolete that is they have not been updated via power cable communication nor optional RDC within decided time limit An S Special reefer A user did mark this container special any colour A filled Operation in A user demanded remote operation 108 is awaiting blue grey progress completion circle Note that when the Container Item occurs in other contexts there can be more legends than the above 7 3 Remote operations Overview Remote oper
206. ighted permission User Account Role assigned to User Role assigned to selected user highlighted user i ReeferTechnicianDaily Show permissions of highlighted user User Role setup Close User Role Administrator The User Account editor selecting either of the buttons Show user Add or Edit in the User Administrator opens the following dialog box 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS sa User s Guide Z Show user User ID Password User Role Optional additional information User s name Description John Smith Show users permissions In the above example the dialog box is showng the user in which case you can change nothing When creating a new user all fields are empty when opening the dialog box You must then e Type a User ID The string must be unique Use alphanumeric characters only e Type a Password Use alphanumeric characters only The string length must be at least 3 characters e Select a User Role from the list e Optionally type the User s name or similar note that it is shown in parenthesis in the User Administrator e Optionally type a Description At security level 2 the Password is optional If there is any chance that you later enable passwords you should select one at once otherwise leave the field blank The User Role Administrator dialog box selecting User Role setup in the User Ad
207. il system your manual action is needed please as described in Transferring data manually 481 If possible of course an automatic data transfer is a great advantage to everybody If the REFCON Main PC has access to the Internet the built in functionality of REFCON can be used by selecting any option but the first in GMS Setupl 143 lf you do not want to use the built in functionality or the REFCON Main PC has not access to the Internet but has an online LAN connection to your email system you can implement your own automatic solution You may find the topic Transferring data automatically using your own tooll 14 useful Checking if your transfer works manually You should normally have been instructed if your manual interaction is required Further if data are not received by GMS for a longer time we would normally contact you to find the reason If you are not sure and want to check if your manual participation is required check the folder selected in the GMS Setupl 145 see Procedure for data transfer 149 If there are no files in the folder that are more than 24 hours old it indicates that automatic file transfer is running in which case you need to do nothing 10 1 GMS Setup Overview The GMS data transfer is controlled through the GMS tab of the REFCON Setupl 2511 dialog box amp REFCON Setup Local folder holding GMS arae aa ken flew C GMSLogIF Method for exporting data to Global Monitoring Server GMS
208. ile Top of imported file for your information e or because the relevant format reader is Partly applicable but rejected due to the user selected rules Example of file with a few errors In this example a sample file in Baplie format was read in which two errors were found Due to highest Strictness the file was rejected The log showed the situation like this 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 164 User s Guide I 5 Planning data file import log Ed File name Cimport baphe edi Used reader BapleReader Total no of records 12 Mo of error free records 10 Mo of records with useful data Error report first max 5 eror records Error when applying Baplie reader to File Errors detected in Following record Lol 147 0060682 5 FTX 4444 Place of delivery FRLEH MES WT K GM 28600 LOC 6 BR6D03 LOC 12 FRLEH RFF ET 0020682 EQD CM MWC 74 74314 45392 4 4 5 Wa D CA MiE 172120 Error description Unable to locate temperature setpoint TMP 2 Top of imported file for your information UNB UNO4 1 Lica MOrsk Unknown 060326 1036 0603261036 4 M5k UNH 0603261056 64PLIE 1 91 1 UN SMDG15 BGM LO405T4R 9 DTM 137 0603261036 201 TOT 204 0517 0 Way 103 Lica MOrskiDk 275 172 20 LOl 5 ESALR DTM 173 0603261036 201 At the top of the log viewer the File name of the tested file is shown for your information The Used reader shows the name of the identified Partly
209. iner Details Change Container ID operation Overview To some degree remote change of Container ID works like the other remote operations 103 however it requires special attention and works somewhat differently as described in the following Greatest caution needed Most controller types accept the Change Container ID command You should however be strongly aware that it requires the utmost care to use this remote command This is because the container ID is the key in Power Cable Transmission Should you by accident change the ID of a container to an ID other than the one printed on the container box you will have what we call a ghost containerl 22 and thereby a monitoring problem Communication key change Notice that when the ID is changed in the controller it works as if the container was disconnected and another was connected This is to REFCON a complicated change that takes some time and with some risk of failure Please be aware that we talk about one container that had the old ID before and now is going to have the new ID In general various combinations of modem types and controller types act in one of two ways when remotely changing the container ID a It responds to the command by the old ID and then after a few seconds changes to the new ID b It changes to the new ID immediately without having responded by the old ID Because of the possible second behaviour REFCON acts on the no response situation b
210. iner rolel 14 or the IT maintainer rolel 14 and should be useful in situations where you have to install or troubleshoot REFCON Some of the items described here are optional and controlled by your license filel 171 The descriptions found here in this manual are general with a medium level of details When you need more details and or information specific to your REFCON please refer to Instruction Manual Hardware Descriptions pdf being as standard found on the Customer disk supplied with REFCON Every single component that has been included in your specific REFCON system as well as every single network connection and every single external system interfacing with REFCON are and must be considered important It is therefore vital for the performance of REFCON that you in case of errors remedy these as soon as possible The Reefer Container Though it is not a part of the REFCON system as such it is important to Know about the equipment on every single reefer container A reefer container is an independent unit that is completely self sustained being supplied with 3 phase power The onboard controller makes sure that the temperature and other parameters are kept at their respective setpoint s and it continuously logs the conditions The majority of reefer containers are equipped with a power cable modem allowing the container to communicate most parameters via Power Cable Transmission PCT Cooling unit a power ca
211. information from and about the container and it offers all possible commands and parameter changes The amount of available information and possibilities depends on the connection type and the controller tyoe The Container Details automatically adapts to both that is REFCON detects the type and adjusts the contents of the Container Details correspondingly Controller manufacturers do from time to time release new controller types and sooner or later they will connect to your REFCON As the controller type was unknown at the time when your REFCON was installed REFCON will categorize it as an SO compatible container The ISO 10368 1992 E standard decides a set of data that any controller communicating on the power cables must support This is the set of data presented in the Container Details for an ISO compatible container On the contrary when the controller type is known to REFCON there normally is an extended data set available being different from one type to another REFCON supports the complete set giving you the optimal means to handle the container Important note You must think of the Container Details as a remote operating panel similar to the one at the container In this manual we are not able to tell you exactly what happens in the controller when you enter commands and parameter settings If you are in doubt please consult the controller manual Locating the Container Details The Container Details is permanently loca
212. ing is present once per hour if not disabled by the user the Historic Log list automatically updates The new recordings are shown in the second row and the first row named Current gets empty After this when new measures are received over the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS one User s Guide Z PCT or by other means these appears in the first row with green background colour Until the next periodic log occurs the green fields keep updating you will see this indicated by short time bold characters In other words current values are only shown if they are newer than the latest periodic logging Note that measurements appear with a limited accuracy nA The Date and Time columns show the times of the recordings as LMT or UTC as indicated and decided upper right Simply click the option buttons to change You can print export 122 the historic log by selecting the print button upper right 7 7 Sub page Alarms Overview The Alarms sub page shows the list of present alarms on this container MVWCUG6801300 Summary Alarms 2 1 Operations Data Events Communication Location 060962 Alarm Summary Text User Time UTC Time LMT Generated By 2 AWS302 RH invalid other sensor 2012 06 13 14 11 43 2072 06 13 14 11 43 StarCool RECU Operating mode Modulation StarCool RECUS E Ai aa John l 2 If no alarms the list is empty The alarm s acknowledge status is ind
213. ing when you have completed your inspection round Wait for a while 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z REFCON Data Collector 183 an ee OO a Click the element to have the data recorded during your inspection imported into REFCONs database Choose Ignore data file from the Options menu to skip the import In this case the file with changes is still found in the RDC unit meaning that you may disconnect the unit without a new preparation and add more changes Result of RDC File Import an 5 Watch The square should be green and the the import two counters should match the number pote as es teres ne taal result of containers that you did visit Number of containers updated in REFCON 89 Exceptions It might occur that things do not quite appear as described above The most common exceptions occur when importing the container data file Such exceptions will make the RDC Side panel element look something like this Prepare inspection Result of RDC File Import Total number of containers in file Number of containers updated in REROON Number of changed containers that were not or only partly updated in REFCON 1 Notice the yellow square and the third counter The following exceptions are the most common e One or more containers have been disconnected since the RDC unit was prepared and since you recorded their data Usually you would know of course but it
214. ings menu The following dialog box opens Container Plan Generator This generator can produce a new The generator is designed For terminals where the container plan is maintained using Container Plan From a RefContig File the RefConfig tool File selection Select the desired RefConfig File Browse Result Status no action yet Type or paste the full path and filename into the textbox or use the Browse function to locate it Follow the result in the Result Status area see below Viewing the result As soon as you have entered a valid RefConfig file path and name the Generator immediately starts importing the Container Plan This normally lasts just a few seconds Having completed you can watch the result in the Result Status area of the dialog box In case of success the dialog box appears something like this Container Plan Generator This generator can produce a new The generator is designed For terminals where the container plan is maintained using Container Plan From a RefConig File the Reflonfig tool File selection Select the desired RefConfig File C Working RerConfigsample xml Browse Resul f Status Success Overview StackCounk Overview 66 EE _ Cancel In this example you observe e The Result Status reads success stating the number of overviews detected 66 in the example e The Save and Restart button has become enabled 2015 Emerson Climate Te
215. ion typically evaluating to either Yes or No Activating the Modem remedy list The Modem remedy list is a pre defined list that needs to be activated once for all Please proceed as follows 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS zs User s Guide Z en Container Plan Container Lists ag lt Click options button All Containers 732 een ale P Container Plan Container Lists W All Containers 732 Setpoints differ list Containers in alarm list RDC Containers list Controller software list Modem remedy list hb Click Modem remedy list REFCOM Monitor Sample ship system IMO 7777777 AA Fie Tock Settings Hep Fe John Sea mode 12 fa REFCON t Beeler Bieu pe j Sybian odem remedy list i ee Alarms 77 ContainerID Modem Missing 16 Ihr AKLUBTOOSOT Modem Available 86 i Obsolete 7 ExpControfler Type Camer Mecrobrikk 272003 26 11 2011 Camer Moroni 2A 16 11 2011 Camer isrolk 272i 17 06 2010 Dakin DECOS lild 17406 2011 Career biproirik 2723 0603 2012 Dakin DECOS llk 13 04 2010 Thame King MP 3000 0302 2012 Camar Misrolrik 223 26 12 2011 Dakin DECOS lik 10 12 2011 Camer Mecroink 27203 Soroll 1407 2009 Thermo King MP 3000 15034012 Dakin DECOS lild 0401 2011 Camar Microlink 223 22401 2012 Corser Mecrobrik 27203 07 03 2010 bi C UG 20404 MEO LOS 26 7 CGMU4S50030 REFUSE 1650 bIYOUIG2 1 1860 AMICUS 25 1285 PON SIGS AMCIEZI2992 BTC UGS 19
216. ion probably is known because certain modems remember the ID even if the connection to the controller fails 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 22 User s Guide Z Check procedure Symptom No data Modem not connected to controller alarm no online data How would you know What do you do Connect internal comm cable according to manual Possible reasons Modem not connected Inspect container open lid to controller P op Is communication cable in position Modem wrongly Inspect container open lid connected Check the communication to controller cable pins one by one Connect internal comm cable according to manual Controller or modem comm port defective Exclusion method Replace the modem or 1 Check cabling the controller 2 Exchange modem change back if 3 Exchange controller no improvement Wrong software Download version in Modem is malfunctioning Inspect container open lid P See RMM Replace the modem Modem Facts 17 2 3 Symptom Stopped Communicating Overview The following figure shows the most common reasons when a container used to communicate but does not do so anymore and tips for diagnoses and repairs 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Modem Troubleshooting Check and repair procedure symptom Stopped Communicating Possible loss of p
217. iption shows what happened Event type The category of what happened see Event types 40 lf relevant the value setting that is now active Old value lf relevant the value setting that was active before the event occurred lf relevant the unit of measure of the New and the Old value Item description Together with the Scope the Item description shows WHOM or WHAT was affected by the event If a container The ID 4 letters 7 digits and the location if known otherwise the name of the system item 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS o User s Guide i Column header Explanation abbreviation Scope The category of whom or what was affected by the event see Event scopes 140 Trigging The category of who or what caused the event see Trigging types 141 Trigger lf Trigging User The user ID of the user doing the action Otherwise The hardware or software unit that trigged the event UTC time The UTC time when the event occurred LMT time The LMT time when the event occurred Event types The Event type column can show the following types Event type Explanation Operation User did send a command or parameter change to a container controller Monitor Setup User did change the behaviour of the REFCON Monitor or one of its pictures or functions Parameter A parameter for a specific function was changed change Creation A database object was created eg a container o
218. is selected this count shows the number of not used records typically dry reefers identified in the file otherwise this count is 0 Dry reefers included Yes or No according to your rule selection File rejection lf and when a Planning data import file is rejected according to the File reading rules se1 the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS GS Planning data import 163 following things happen e An alarm is released if so selected by the user e The event is logged e Inthe Planning System Interface Information 61 dialog box the situation is indicated as follows Status Last import ate Last file rejected Last file ported 0 Updated aa a 0 rejected due to l emors Delete candidates Rejected due to error T Not imported Dry reefers included Here you can select Show log to inspect the import log as explained in the following Why rejected As explained under File reading rules ssl generally there are two possible reasons why a file is rejected e either because all format readers are Not applicable which is displayed as follows in the log viewer Planning data file import log File name CNimportbaphe edi Used reader No suitable reader found Total no of records 0 Mo of error free records Mo of records with useful data Error report first max 5 eror recorda REFCON has no reader matching the selected import f
219. ission system Working schedule flexibility REFCON is highly flexible and allows you to transfer the Planning data file at any time you wish and as often as you wish e lf the container ID is not known to REFCON in advance a new Container Data Record is created e lf the container ID is Known to REFCON in advance it is checked if Planning data have changed If so they are updated in the existing Container Data Record e f a container ID is no longer in the Planning data File the record is conditionally deleted as described below 15 In particular on a ship you are supposed to transfer Planning data at least once in each port You can do it e when arriving to the port before starting discharging and loading e after leaving the port e or any time in between In the first mentioned case it is likely that a number of containers will keep communicating for hours maybe even for days after having disappeared from the Planning data file These containers are denoted delete candidates as described below As REFCON assumes it 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 154 User s Guide Z important to keep supervision as long as possible the delete candidates are not deleted until they actually stop communicating And should such a container log in anew within 3 days it retains it s data as it could be a temporary plug out In the second mentioned case it is likely that you will get a number o
220. it this line or add one below when you make changes to the file for registration e The next about 23 lines is a guiding instruction on how to edit the file Please read the instructions carefully There are in fact four types of lines in the file comment line Being ignored by the importing software you may add or delete comment lines to wish H designation line There should always be exactly 4 designation lines never change anything but the words within the quotation marks area definition line Defines that here starts another area and the short and long title of this location string location line There must be exactly one location line for every single location covered by your REFCON system that is as defined in the Container Plan Normally you would leave all lines down to the first as is maybe except for some registration at the top You would probably mainly do the following operations e Move a location using cut and paste e Define a new area by a copying an existing line b pasting where the added area is to start c editing the words within the quotation marks remember that the first must be very short Final Importing your text file To utilise your custom walk route proceed as follows 1 In the RDC Preparation Selection dialog select the Browse button 2 Locate the walk route text file you created above 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS
221. ital input output alarm Option lf a supported digital input output card is found in the extension enabled or not Main PC AND this option is enabled alarms are extended through the digital outputs Automatic 2 way Planning Option This option decides whether REFCON can System Interface enabled communicate bi directionally online via LAN with the Planning System or not Maximum number of Number This value decides the maximum number of REFCON Monitors concurrently running REFCON Monitors Maximum number of Number This value decides the maximum number of concurrently communicating reefer containers that REFCON supports Should more containers be connected you will be significantly warned but the containers still are alarm supervised simultaneously communicating reefer containers License expiration date Date lf this date is defined in your license file your REFCON system will not be able to start when the date has passed You should in good time purchase another license Update expiration date Date Your REFCON software can be upgraded free of charge until this date has passed Expected number of RMM Number Your REFCON system is purchased with a certain Masters number of RMM Masters REFCON automatically detects the actually connected RMM Masters and should an extra be connected this is detected and worked with too This number in the license is used to make sure that possible defective RMM Masters being no
222. ith unknown Planning data but without a location are excluded from the resulting locations due to RDC list In other words containers that pass the other filter Planning data definitions are only included in the list if either they have Planning data specified locations or they have no Planning data at all Exclude ghost When this checkbox is checked containers without Planning data containers with no and containers with no expected temperature setpoints are excluded Planning data and from the resulting RDC list dry reefers Selecting an RDC list You can pick out a specific collection of containers for the RDC as follows 1 Open or switch to the Container List any version 2 Highlight the containers of interest 3 From the Shortcut menu select Make RDC list What happens next depends e lf the RDC unit is connected and the RDC Preparation Selection dialog is not open this will automatically open and Use specific list only will be checked e lf the RDC unit is connected and the RDC Preparation Selection dialog is already open this will be updated and Use specific list only will be checked ready to use the list 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B REFCON Data Collector 189 e f the RDC unit is not connected you will get a message that you need to connect it before you can use the list Using a selected Container List As described in Setting up the Container
223. ithout running the wizard click here Check the two boxes Share this folder on the network and Allow network users to change my files Select OK Inthe Enable File Sharing window select the option Just enable file sharing Select OK Follow the same procedure for all folders to be shared iN indows 7 In MyComputer right click the folder eg C GMSLogIf and select Properties Open the pane Sharing Click the text Network and Sharing Center Select the option Turn on sharing so anyone with network access can read and write files in the Public folders Turn off password protected sharing 6 Follow the same procedure for all folders to be shared PoN gt s COON O O1 O1 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 48 User s Guide Z 2 10 The taskbar notify icon Overview While the REFCON Monitor is running you find it s notify icon in the taskbar as standard in the lower right corner of the screen REFCON x 59 alarms PYHESS SOB 10 24 The idea of the notify icon is that you can use the PC for other purposes the REFCON Monitor being not visible and still be notified in case of alarms EFCOM The icon is e Green when there is no alarms e Steady Red when there are one or more alarms and all have been acknowledged e Flashing Red Yellow when there are one or more unacknowledged alarms In case of alarm
224. k Planning System REFCON Main PC B Planning A Planning Data File Data Engine File Creator Shared folder on harddisk EE Setting up Planning data file transfer Planning data file transfer is controlled through the Planning data Import tab of the REFCON Setupl 251 dialog 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Planning data import 157 REFCON Setup ettrracsseuatvecasvooststosssccacstonetecaesvenesece Senet Planning Data Import Se V Enable automatic import on planning data file update Configuration relevant settings also used for manual import Import folder file on main PC C import Baplie edi Shared as Baplie Automatic import settings Strictness Location requirements File format custom setup 1 Reject file if any error Accept if not empty Consider a not readable temperature setpoint a Reject any record with error Accept any location Dry reefer Record to ignore File reading rules setup Read all meaningful Bad record Container with unknown expected setpoint Used for both automatic Automatic import alarm settings and manual import Give alarm if file is rejected Give alarm if any container record is rejected Do not give alarm on import file errors Alarming rule setup 25 E hours Used for both automatic and manual import Alarm setup for C sance automatic import only L Enable alarms when planning data auto file transfer stops Max time without
225. ke 005 A gt all character can be used to hit containers where the location more than one container starts with the exact substring 005 and ends with a are included for example 005R123A and 005R203A but not 005R123B nor 008R203A c Is not like Similar to not equal but the Location Not Like 005 A gt Character can be used to all containers where the refine the specification location does not start with the exact substring 005 and ends with a are included for example 008R203A and 005R123B but not 005R123A 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS User s Guide I Is blank Do only show the container if Not really a useful criterion the field in this column is empty Is not blank Do only show the container if Not really a useful criterion the field in this column is not empty aoa Ts any of Display all column readings Running Mode In Defrost that exactly match one of the Defrosting gt all containers in parameters defrost or defrosting mode are selected Ts none of Display all column readings Not Running Mode In that do not exactly match any Defrost Defrosting gt all of the parameters containers not in defrost nor defrosting mode are selected Parameter selection Clicking the parameter field 1 or Defrosting in above figure lets you edit this Note that if the column is binary on off yes no etc repea
226. l Removes the filter regarding this column After this all containers are shown unless filtered by other column s Custom Selecting an advanced filter as described below Blanks Do only show the container if the field in this column is empty Non blanks Do only show the container if the field in this column is not empty Below the parentheses options all values that actually appear in the column are listed in the above example 0 0 and 5 0 When selecting one of these only containers reading this specific value in this column will be shown For example select 0 0 to show containers with setpoint zero The Filter Status Bar Having selected a filter as described above the Filter Status Bar appears near the bottom of the Container List Cancel filter a Current filter specification Ed amo Filter status bar E tFiter m Record 4 oF 11 Ai lt gt Q uick change filter Customize Filter on temporary off selection filter From left to right the Filter status bar includes Bar element Description Cancel filter Completely removes the filter After this all containers are shown button Filter on Removing the checkmark makes the filter temporarily cancelled which temporary off makes all containers shown Checking anew re invokes the filter checkbox Current filter Shows how the actual filter is defined specification field Quick change lf available the button leads to a list of rel
227. l data source column Opening the CSV format editor To open the editor click the Set edit CSV reader format button in the REFCON Setup dialog see Setting up Automatic Planning data File Transfer 1581 Automatic format detection Each time REFCON reads a Planning data file it automatically attempts to recognize the format In principle it tries the available Known formats one by one and checks if the parsing of the file makes sense In particular when checking a CSV format the following rules apply e A container line is only valid if all data source columns are parsed correctly that is the number of separator characters is as specified and the values in between are reasonable but not necessarily valid e f more that 50 of the container lines are somehow in valid the file type identification fails and then none of the values in the file are imported unless another format succeeds e Note that every single valid data source column in a container line is imported i e a single in valid value does not result in skipping all the other container line values Example of fully configured CSV format editor The following diagram shows a fully configured format 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 166 User s Guide 9 CSV format editor Guessed format for navis txt Name Guessed Format for nawis txt Test file cilnayvis txt Delimiter Tab Header lines 1 H Footer
228. l time setting On Main PC Set Local time LMT REFCON time affected only Time zone GMT 01 00 Brussels Copenhagen Madrid Pari v ee ee ee The dialog box clearly reflects the following principles e It is in the most cases permitted and it can be a daily routine on east lt gt west going ships to change the LMT which is therefore immediately possible and easy e You should never or only very rarely change the UTC e The rarely used options can be displayed using the More button if permitted e You are warned if the change you try to do does in some way conflict with the configuration or is not recommended The elements that can be found in the dialog box are described in the following Current REFCON time At the top of the Clock Setting dialog box the current LMT and UTC dates and times are shown for information Current REFCON time Local time LMT 03 09 2009 15 30 18 Universal time UTC 03 09 2009 13 30 18 It is not possible to make changes in this area Not changeable message When in the Clock Configuration the main rule 1 has been selected in combination with Clock can only be set externally the Clock Setting dialog box is limited to the above mentioned current time and the following message Date and time can not be set fram RECOV In this case the date and time is most likely externally time synchronised If not so you will have to make possible changes through the Windows Adju
229. lace the modem S Modem Facts Modem is malfunctioning Another possible reason is described in Symptom No Location Wrong or No ID in Controller Ghost 213 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 228 User s Guide Z 17 4 Checking the Power Cabling Overview The power cable communication only works if the internal cabling at the container is correct Other controller types separate modem MP 3000 MPC2000 4 j Mei RAIA bar Relay Earth 3 phases a _ board important Connect MP 3000 modem to J16 on relay board 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Modem Troubleshooting 29 17 5 Typical Errors Overview This section describes some typical errors that have been observed on containers Inexpedient cabling example Example of inexpedient cabling A small plug carrying a heavy bundle of wires gt vibrations make the plug fall out sooner or later Cables before after re inserting Cables after re arrangement the 24 V power plug Forced plug example ug tum E ed 180 degrees which requires a little force G Turned wrong Easy to see because the plug doesn t fit well Actual setpoint above 51 C In rare cases you may get the alarm Actual and expected setpoints differ caused by the actual setpoint reported by the container controller reading 51 1 or 51 2 C being obviously wrong This is a known p
230. lan 3 In the dialog locate the Container Plan XML file and select Open If you choose an XML file of wrong type you are warned 4 Start REFCON 19 3 Remote Monitor Configuration Overview To have the REFCON Monitor running on a secondary PG first of all this must be allowed in the License file In the following we assume that it is allowed For the REFCON Monitor to work on a secondary PC this must be connected to the REFCON Main PC by a network of ethernet type LAN Most commonly the REFCON Main PC is equipped with one network connector only and then things are very straightforward Should the REFCON Main PC be equipped with more than one network connector you need to decide which one to use for REFCON Monitor connection in the Remote Monitor Configuration tab of the REFCON Manager Common case REFCON Main PC has 1 network connector During installation REFCON always picks the first the best network connector on the REFCON Main PC and assumes that this is the one to be used for REFCON Monitor connection and of course if there is only one this assumption is always correct It also assumes that Port number 80 is used which is the standard web service Port being generally accepted by firewalls lf both assumptions are OK everything is set up automatically All you need to do to have one or more REFCON Monitors installed on secondary PCs is to either write down or save the Monitor Install Link URL 2015 Emerson
231. lan definition Include Custom Container Lists Include User Role settings Include all User Accounts nok recommended The dialog box has been designed with an active and an disabled half to illustrate the similarity with the Backup 39 function Configuration export procedure To make an export proceed as follows 1 Select Configuration export The Configuration export dialog opens from the File menu 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B The REFCON Monitor a3 Settings Help piski Haini aa S irmi ie me r E derat dei we Pb A ee aii aie aie Backup mt cate ten ae bake pa bl inie tech mae POOH pimi eo h ra SP ae Be o fob TEE TELD Configuration export A SEOSTE 3 i iy ee EE PrinkiExpork Ctrl P whch vee ar dro eho eae oes Le Tadd Ube Pee Hiren RR He er er EHT Auto printlexport Exit 2 Select which items chunks One or more checkboxes checked to include Note You can combine more chunks in one export Select Start A folder selection dialog opens 4 Locate and select the folder The folder selection dialog closes and the export where you want your export to operation starts Normally this goes quite fast so be created you will hardly observe the progress Note Insert USB key or similar before selecting if relevant 5 Await completion In case of troubles you are informed like this Note First the export zip file is a create
232. lanning System the LAN connection and the setupl 1721 If Communication Stops If the connection to the Planning System has been working well and it is then disabled or fails and this situation remains for a long time you will have to take care of the deletion of the old containers in REFCON Otherwise the REFCON database will be filled up with old containers The deleting must be done manually from the Container List Note that containers having been reported by the Planning System are planned and will therefore not be deleted by the automatic clean up function 2s Please note in the situation that the connection is disabled by user s choice no alarm will appear Not All Old Containers Are Deleted It will happen that containers communicating with REFCON over the power cables do have container IDs different from the ones expected by the Planning System The result of such mismatches is that the Reefer Delete message doesn t work on the specific containers Such containers are unplanned and will therefore be deleted by the automatic clean up function 2s lf the ID mismatch Is due to a fault on the container this should be corrected Please refer to the description of ghost containers 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 176 User s Guide Z Change Container ID does not work The Change Container ID message is sent from the Planning System to REFCON one message for each container Note tha
233. larm from a container that has been deliberately disconnected in order to be moved away is to have the container deleted from REFCON s database within the alarm delay time This deletion is normally handled automatically by REFCON based on data received from the Planning System It is therefore essential that the Planning System is kept up to date as regards what containers are supposed to be on power at any time Handling deliberate disconnects in terminals On most container terminals REFCON has a two way online connection with the Planning system In this case everything works automatically because the Planning System very quickly informs REFCON that a certain container has been disconnected after which it is immediately deleted from REFCON s database If no two way online connection with the Planning System is available REFCON is updated via Planning data file transfers At each file transfer the Planning System produces a file that is then imported by REFCON On every import REFCON checks if all previously known containers are still present in the new file and missing containers are automatically deleted To avoid that deliberately disconnected containers will release unwanted loss of power alarms it is essential that the file transfer is done frequently For example if the alarm delay is 3 hours transfer should be done at least every 2 hours Handling deliberate disconnects on ships On ships the procedure is a bit different Whil
234. larms can be inspected on the container which you will have to do if the container is not connected to REFCON by PCT Power Cable Transmission Each controller has a certain number of alarm points each corresponding to an alarm reason The specific list of possible alarms depends on the controller type In case of PCT the states of all the alarm points are periodically transmitted to REFCON In REFCON changes are detected causing the Alarm Summary and Event Log to be updated and the alarm to be propagated if relevant Reservation regarding alarm text strings Please observe the following Emerson Climate Technologies makes reservations regarding the alarm text strings attached to the controller generated alarms Emerson Climate Technologies cannot guarantee that these text strings are correct and clear Please consult the controller manufacturer s manual to be absolutely sure what is the correct alarm text The alarm text strings shown in REFCON were informed by the controller manufacturers Emerson Climate Technologies has made great efforts to ensure that each text string is true Possible divergences could for example be due to controller changes that have not yet been updated in REFCON You should keep your REFCON system updated in order to ensure full compatibility with controller manufacturers latest software see Understanding installation and update 2481 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions
235. lay all selected for example defrosting is selected but defrost is not Alms gt 1 gt all containers with alarms are selected Running Mode gt Defrost gt all containers in mode defrost and all modes coming after defrost when sorted alphabetically are selected for example both defrost and defrosting are included Alms lt 1 gt all containers without alarms are selected Running Mode lt Defrost gt all containers in modes coming before defrost when sorted alphabetically are selected for example cooling is selected but defrost is not Alms lt 1 gt all containers with none or one alarm are selected Running Mode lt Defrost gt all containers in mode defrost and all modes coming before defrost when sorted alphabetically are selected for example defrost is included but defrosting is not Alms Between 1 4 gt all containers with 2 or 3 alarms are selected Running Mode Between Defrost Remote gt all containers in modes coming after defrost and before remote when sorted alphabetically are selected for example defrosting is selected but defrost and remote are not Not Alms Between 1 4 gt all containers with O 1 or more than 3 alarms are selected Z The Container List than or equal to the highest e Not Running Mode parameter value Between Defrost Rem
236. le automatic solutions and the most adequate solution should have been chosen for your REFCON system However basically there are two ways that external equipment can control the clock in REFCON e Via LAN through the Windows clock on the Main PC e Through the REFCON Data Service Clock Configuration and Clock Setting Please be aware of the two different activities Clock Configuration 351 and Clock Setting 3e Typically at commisioning time the Clock Configuration is decided once for all though it can later be changed The Clock Configuration determines which of the connections in the below illustration are in fact active valid The Clock Configuration must match the chosen automatic time synchronisation solution if any Clock Setting is depending on the Clock Configuration frequently done on ships sailing east west however you would generally do it if the REFCON time is incorrect REFCON Clock System Overview The following drawing should illustrate the essentials of the REFCON Clock System 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS ES User s Guide I Secondary PC optional Microsoft Windows clock PC hardware clock not affected User selects via Clock Setting recommended User selects via Optional synchronisation Optional external Adjust Date Time from LAN system eg ICS Symbols used in the illustration The above drawing includes the followin
237. le in the figure 2 hours e The second checkbox Whether the presence of any unacknowledged alarm s shall postpone the deletion Please find information about cleaning up 2s below Unplanned container what is that Most REFCON systems are informed about the majority of reefer containers from the Planning System These containers are referred to as planned containers Thus an unplanned container is a container that starts communicating on the power lines even though it has not been reported by the Planning System Four explanations of containers being unplanned can be mentioned e The container is plugged in and starts communicating before REFCON has received information from the Planning System When later this information arrives it changes status from unplanned to planned e There is no Planning System attached or data are not being updated e The site has smaller areas not covered by the Planning System where containers can be located e It is a ghost container that communicates using a wrong ID Cleaning up why The REFCON database includes an amount of information for each container Even when a communicating container is disconnected this information stays in the database for two reasons It could be just a temporary disconnection or you might need the data for your record But when you do certainly no longer keep the container and you have certainly saved data as needed the container must be deleted th
238. lines 2 A Encoding Data source column numbers 4552 552 4552 TRUCE TRUCK Container ID Temperature Expected setpoint Outbound Save 5 Select File Ls Western European Windows 1252 GUESS Preview Inbound Carrier BLI833 TRUCE BLIS15 lt System String Celcius Temperature System Double 6 Inbound 5 Outbound Preview import al BCHUL865 172 00ER 25A 4532 Container ID Temperature Expected setpoint Outbound Mote free text Mone skem String Mone System String Mone Mone System String tt Preview H TRUCK BLIS33 D conse Gece e n a mua E CERLO 116362 O09R206 4532 TRUCE BLI815 lt How to configure a CSV format Assuming that no format has been configured in advance we recommend that you proceed as follows Click Select file and open a sample Planning data file of the decided format Click Guess lf either Delimiter Header Footer lines or Encoding is not as expected make appropriate changes Click either of the Preview buttons Make changes to the Source column of Grid 2 using the drop down lists Also maybe make changes to the Search and or Replace columns Click either of the Preview buttons Path and file name occurs in Test file field e Name field indicates what was done e Delimiter and succeeding field shows the determined format Reflects your changes e Gri
239. ll the possible criterion types are equals The column reading must exactly equals SoMu0123456 will match the parameter string display ID SOMU0123456 only does not equal Display all column readings that do does not equal SoMu0123456 not match the parameter string will display all containers except the one with ID SOMU0123456 is greater than If numeric column Display all e is greater than 17 will display column readings being greater the value 18 and higher or than the parameter value 17 0001 and higher lf textual column Display all is greater than Ssomu will column readings being higher in display all IDs starting with the alphabet than the parameter SOMU SONU TAAU etc string but not AAAU SOLU etc is greater than or Same as is greater than but also is greater than or equal to 17 equal to including the exact match will display the value 17 0000 and higher is less than e f numeric column Display all e is less than 17 will display column readings being less than the value 16 and smaller or the parameter value 16 9999 and smaller 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The Container List a e lf textual column Display all e is less than somu0123456 column readings being lower in will display all IDs starting with the alphabet than the parameter AAAU SOLU etc as well as string SOMU0123455 but not SOMU0123456 and higher number
240. longer detected by REFCON are handled and repaired rather than ignored Expected number of Number Your REFCON system is purchased with a certain number of RS2LAN units maybe zero REFCON automatically detects the actually connected RS2LAN units and should an extra be connected this is detected and worked with too This number in the license is used to make sure that possible defective RS2LAN units being no longer detected by REFCON are handled and repaired rather than ignored RS2LAN units It is possible to run REFCON 6 without a license file In such case it runs in Demo mode where it does not communicate with any real containers and can therefore not be used as a monitoring system 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Introduction to REFCON 6 13 Runtime configuration From the REFCON Monitor it is possible to make quite a number of decisions regarding the way REFCON works This is primarily done through the REFCON Setupl2s dialog box described elsewhere in this manual Viewing the Purchase time configuration Select View License Settings from the Help menu to view the contents of your license file amp License settings The checked options are enabled in your REFLON system Ship version of REFCON Terminal version of REFCON Planning data import Automatic 2 way Planning System Interface Container Plan graphical view Email notification of alarms ROC
241. lready installed you can launch the application now Otherwise click the button below to install the prerequisites and run the application Install DBASE enter a unigue aighican cescobion oF fae for example where if located 2 1 The REFCON Monitor base picture Overview When the REFCON Monitor is opened the base picture is shown 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 22 User s Guide Z Side panel Container quick search Container handling mode ships only rama Current user Current time Caption bar REFCON Monitor Sample ship system IMO 7777777 DEOR Menu bar File Tools Settings Help Top panel E lt Sexchcontine gt ee Minimise All Containers Standard Info Manifest Temperature Container Alarms 10 Location ContainerID Alms LoadPort Disch Port Temp SP Supply Return alarms Modem Missing 23 221084 ELUU1722380 indication a Modem Available 84 if any Se ana wen XYMU3675299 0 BRED3 FRLEH Performance 261582 OADU3933537 0 BRED3 FRLEH 18 0 11 1 22 2 bar DGWU8908429 paqus1ss701 Picture area VTAU637 1888 PMSUS445140 Monitored and OK 574 683 EUNE System JNMU0202776 perta amp Container Pian QAMUSS19871 indication if to Y Container Lists 630584 BRBU6 132080 y d MMA MFDIIRNSTATN y All Containers 691 Wi Record 10 of 691 Ps ts differ list 5 ee pi i i Y etpoin
242. ls a container monitored by RDC is called an RDC monitored container 7 1 Container Details common Minimising and restoring the Container Details When opening the REFCON Monitor the Container Details is found at the lower right in normal size see Locating the Container Details 101 Click the down arrow button upper right to have the Container Details minimised aS This makes the Container Details appear as a single line bottommost DEMO1002439 Location 163144 6 Temp Setpoint 7 0 C Supply oo 46 4 T Return 344 5 C Outbound ECM You will recognize the elements from the normal size Container Details described in the following Click the up arrow button rightmost to return to the normal size Note that the up arrow button might cover parts of the information To avoid this resize the REFCON Monitor 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 106 User s Guide Z The Identification area Leftmost in the Container Details window the container being dealt with is identified Operating mode Cool reduced Thermo King MP 4000 e Uppermost the container ID is shown e To the right of the container ID a small Container Item 10s square is shown exactly as known from the optional Container Plan thus indicating the main status of the container by colour and simple symbols e Below this the container s location according to the Planning System is shown If the location o
243. ly attract your attention in case of alarms The current version of REFCON 6 includes the Alarm Extension functions listed below Note that if the link does not work it it because the particular option has not been enabled for your REFCON system e Digital output signals 210 for external alarm system or alarm panel e The Email Notification function z4 e Possible plug ins or external systems utilizing REFCON s data service interfacel 2401 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 94 User s Guide Z 6 3 Special reefers Overview This version of REFCON includes the Special Reefers option making it possible to change the alarming priority of individual containers Normally all container alarms belong to the Standard category Selecting Special Reefer will move the container to the Special category This category change makes difference in the Alarm Summary 841 as alarms are displayed in different sections Special is indicated by an S in the Container Details 081 and in the optional Container Plan It can also be included in versions of the Container List 64 Also with Alarm extensions 93 the idea is that alarms depending on the configuration can be distinguished externally for example on a main alarm system Selecting Special reefer The alarm category of a container can be changed using the Special button in the Container Details 1121 Alternatively you can proceed
244. m Interface Information File Import Planning System Monitor Hide alive messages Ric Tc TH TH TH IEH TH TH TH TH TH TH TH TH TH EX TH TH TH Date OLO O3 16 OLO O3 16 OLO O3 16 2 UL0 03 16 2010 03 16 2010 03 16 2010 03 16 2010 03 16 O1LO O3 16 SU LO 03 16 OLO O3 16 2ULO 03 16 OLO O3 16 2010 03 16 2010 03 16 2010 03 16 2010 03 16 Clear Message type REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR REEFER MONITOR Container ID MCAUGS 6a 732 CRLUL62 7254 MCAUES 60454 FSCUS 627693 MCAUGSSS3077 MORU5811353 MORUD U43 62 MAEUQOUOQOULS MAERUOOOOUU29 MABRUOOOOOS4 MABRUOOOOO4O MAERUOQOOOOSS MAERUOOOOO6O MAERUQOOUU 6 MAEUQOOOUUGL MAEUOQOOUOOU9 MAEUQOOUOULOU Location The Live Monitor displays one line for each message being transmitted on the interface The Live Monitor is not able to display messages that were transmitted before the Live Monitor was opened for such purpose you will have to inspect the log files 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 178 User s Guide Z Status indication Upper right the Live Monitor indicates the status of the communication Indication Explanation text WAIT Is sh
245. mber of messages re transmitted to that RMM REFCON Master since Data Engine start or statistics reset Lates Number of messages received from that RMM REFCON Master after timeout since Data Engine start or Statistics reset No answ Number of times since Data Engine start or REFCON Statistics reset that a response message never arrived from that RMM Master The following columns are irrelevant when the RMM Master is connected to an RS2LAN while they are used when it is connected through the COM port Column header Explanation abbreviation Rejects Number of messages rejected by that RMM Master REFCON since Data Engine start or statistics reset Errors Number of messages with errors received from that REFCON RMM Master since Data Engine start or statistics reset Number of dead nodes REFCON Remove offline devices REFCON automatically detects the devices Once a device has been detected it does not automatically disappear even if it goes offline For the case that you have been experimenting with extra devices or have given a device a wrong network ID the Remove offline devices button is available Selecting the button makes REFCON check each device group the RMM Masters the RS2LANSs etc 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 256 User s Guide e If all devices in a device group are online there is nothing to remove in that group e f the number of devices of a spe
246. merson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS ea User s Guide Z Background of entire Container Plan very light grey M Disabled locations light gresi Enabled but vacant location dark grey Enabled and used location non grey colour You can use the Container Plan editor 841 to enable or disable locations A container on a disabled location If it happens that after saving the Container Plan a container appears at a disabled location that location will be temporarily enabled When later the container is removed and deleted from REFCON that location returns to the disabled state A container outside the basic bay If it happens that a container appears at a location outside the basic bay area it will not appear in the Container Plan Still you can find it in the Container List and alarms will be shown in the Alarm Summary 5 5 Editing the Container Plan ships only Overview On ships it is possible to manually modify the Container Plan layout by enabling or disabling locations within the existing bays within the decided maximum size of these Exceptions This editor has the following limitations e You can not add or remove bays e You can not add locations outside the defined maximum bay size In both the above cases if you need to do so you will have to use the Container Plan Generator 82 with an appropriate Baplie file How to edit the Container Plan Invoke the
247. merson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Modem Troubleshooting 17 3 1 Symptom Never Communicated Overview The following figure shows the most common reasons when a container does not communicate and tips for diagnoses and repairs Check and repair procedure Symptom Never Communicated Found In Modem available list or both Location and Temp SP Exp defined in Modem remedy list How would you know What do you do Plug in the power cable T aaa Possible reasons Reefer plug not connected 2 v Modem has Install a modem been or ignore Maybe write No moderm in Note field Inspect on location Inspect container open lid See Locating the modem Inspect container open lid Replace the fuse Are all modem LEDs off Check fuse 24 V 3 phase power Connect internal not connected Inspect container open lid For TK Check J16 connector to the Others Check internal cable see Check power cabling modem Correct external or internal Modem not grounded Inspect container open lid P Measure resistance between p modem GND and ship chassis Power cable damaged or Exchange cable or plug reefer plug in poor condition P Inspect on location en 24 V power not Connect internal connected to gt Inspect container open lid power cable the modem Jf acc to manual Inspect container open lid m See RMM Rep
248. ministrator opens the following dialog box List of existing User Roles The User Role editor User Role Administrator Defined User Roles 1 AlarmAcknowledge 2 ReeferTechnicianDaily 3 REPLONSetup 4 AllRightsRole Show permissions of highlighted Role Create new User Role Delete highlighted permission User Role Selecting either of the buttons Show Add or Edit in the User Role Administrator opens the following dialog box 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I User Authentication 55 Show User Role Unique role name Description Permission tree Role s permissions Primary group Open or GH All Al Event Type collapse sub tree lt GE State change sub group sign shown Checkmark The action permission is included Ov i No checkmark The action tw ia lowledge alarm F Action permission permission is excluded Hy Off container work routine no sign GHy Edit load date Checkmark All actions Operation permissions in group are included No checkmark All actions permissions in group are excluded Spot Some but not all actions permissions in group are included You may resize the dialog box to see more or lass of the tree In the above example the dialog box is showng the role in which case you can change nothing but you can open or collapse parts of the tree When cr
249. minutes between the two steps In case of errors on the connection between the modem and the controller the step 2 never occurs When a container logs in step 1 using one of the factory IDs mentioned above eg RMMU REFCON puts it on an observation list If and only if step 2 does later occur the Missing ID alarm is given immediately and unconditionally How the Wrong ID alarm works As REFCON can not actually read what is painted on the container box the detection of a wrong ID is based on Planning data Assuming that REFCON has always a complete and updated list of the containers to expect received from the Planning System the detection is simple If a container starts communicating using an ID that is not on the Planning data list the ID must be wrong In real life the Planning data list might not be that perfect In particular when using file transfer there might be some time lag Therefore the alarm text shown in the REFCON Monitor is Container ID is wrong or Planning data missing On ships the Wrong ID alarm is disabled while in Harbour model 94 In terminals user can decide a delay or even disable the Wrong ID alarm see belowl 98 How to act upon these alarms Please refer to the Modem Troubleshooting 214 guide Settings regarding missing or wrong ID alarms There are no settings available for the Missing ID alarm On ships there are no settings available for the Wrong ID alarm either as the disabling is
250. mmunication Statistics List wivcciscoeccaciveiseperwewedoncsivaemnsverendiewsvcewersansionceisenmecvouess 256 Al Maser groups scrissi EEEE 257 Part XIX The REFCON Manager 260 T SUpeVISON asoeio R EERE EE RES 263 2 AOIN AA UON ee E E eset eee stanneeeeckeeseeesics 264 3 Remote Monitor Configuration ccccsceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneesensesoeseseeeneeseneesenseesnsaeons 266 T Uppdal S o ome canee pene waatrew cnt execu eeedenecenecwoncsnuewaseaccuoneeenc we 267 Index 275 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Introduction to REFCON 6 EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 8 User s Guide Z 1 Introduction to REFCON 6 Welcome to REFCON 6 The REFCON system enables an operator to automatically monitor and control thousands of reefer containers through a single computer system and provides following functions e Monitors alarm and temperature conditions and notifies the user of any alarms generated by the container controller e Registers the history of each container recording all important parameters and storing the data in accurate detailed log files e Interfaces with the vessel s load calculator or the terminal s administrative system for automatically transferring reefer container data and locations e Optionally send commands such as defrost and change of set point to the containers directly from REFCO
251. mmunication Info Modulation ene ieee k Stop in FTI Kadd Remove Columns Full PTI Columns Bands Fan reduced Controller Defrost Defrost E Alarm shutdown Machinery Bo Heating Miscellaneou Cooling MachinBe mnunics ion Info j Op mode Online K Modulation TRUCE Stop in PTI Full FTI amp Add Remove Columns Fan reduced Defrost Alarm shutdown Machinery Heating Miscellaneous oo oO 00060 Cooling A band can be placed anywhere among and besides the already displayed bands Note that when adding a band all the attached columns are automatically added as well except for the possible columns being found under the Columns tab To add a column that has been un attached it s band locate it in the Add Remove Columns box under the Columns band and drag it up upon the existing header where you want it to be placed You can only add it to it s band as Clearly indicated Temp 5P Supply Ambient temp Te Ambient temp Temperature Batt Temp Machinery Defrosting Defrost Exap Temp Machinery 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 66 User s Guide Z 4 4 Modulati Stop ir Full PTI Fan reduced Modulation Stop in PTI Fults T Fa eokced When you have dragged it some way down a cross appears upon the floating header then release the mouse button and the header has been removed It automatically occurs in the Add Remove Colu
252. mns box Sorting the containers You can change the sorting order of the containers as described in Selecting the order of the containers e You set up the filter as described in Setting up a Filter 6 Setting up a Filter Overview You define a filter to specify a certain subset of all containers to be shown in the Container List Filters can be applied to more columns at a time Columns having filter applied are marked like this Filter Setpoint ae active indicator Filters can be rather simple or quite complex as you choose There are several ways to define the filter as described in the following Initially selecting a Filter When you are working with a Container List having no filter applied the first step in defining a filter always is as follows Note that you can also do this when a filter is active Move the mouse cursor onto the header of the column of interest if there are more just pick one for a beginning Filter select button nm A As soon as the mouse cursor moves over the header it changes colour and the small filter button gets visible Click the button to open the list of filter options 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container List Setpoint El cen Custom 7 T Blanks 0 Mon blanks 0 0 0 g o At the top of this list you will see a number of options marked with parentheses They can be Filter option Explanation Al
253. mptied numbering restarts from REFCON 001 When your email system works as described there will normally never be more than 24 files in the folder lf the files are for some reason not removed the limit of 999 files will be reached in almost 6 weeks REFCON then overwrites the oldest file typically REFCON 001 as the first So if the oldest file has not been transmitted the data are lost Should for some reason a number of files but not all be removed REFCON will attempt to use free numbers meaning that numbering might no longer match the chronological order Probably you will not have to think about these special cases simply send all the files found in the GMSlogif folder and remove each file when sent Other information e The files in C GMSlogif have been packed by REFCON DO NEVER make any further packing or other changes to the files e Always send the REFCON files at least once a day for the data in the Global Monitoring Server to be reasonably up to date and thereby useful e Please note Setting up the email system is not a part of Emerson Transportation Solutions delivery Transferring data manually Overview Data transfer to GMS takes place by attaching files to E mails If there is no automatic connection between REFCON and your E mail system your manual action is needed please Principle sketch The involved elements and responsibilities can be sketched as follows 2015 Emerso
254. n Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Data Transfer for Global Monitoring 19 AB Crew s r Li responsibility ae responsibility Regularly Global Monitoring Server Procedure for data transfer Regularly at least once a day you should run through the following procedure 1 Plug a removable storage into the REFCON Main PC Note 1 You would typically use a USB memory key Note 2 If you have more than one REFCON PC make sure it is the Main PC not a Secondary PC Read more about Main PC and Secondary PC in The REFCON system hardware 227 2 Move all files from C GMSlogif to the removable storage Note 3 Make sure the files are deleted from C GMSlogif as soon as they have safely been moved to the removable storage 3 If you use a USB key make sure to use the Remove command available from the taskbar DO NOT just pull it out Carry the removable storage to the E mail system and plug it in 5 Create a new E mail addressed to logif reefers online com Attach the files from REFCON to the E mail and send it Note 4 You may alternatively create more E mails and maybe attach only one file for each Delete the files from the removable storage to make sure you do not send any file twice E mail regularity Please make sure E mails with attached REFCON files are sent to logif reefers online com regularly as follows e Preferred frequency 4 6 E mails per 24 hours e
255. n the parameter value Running Mode gt Defrost lf textual column Display all gt all containers in modes column readings being higher coming after defrost when in the alphabet than the sorted alphabetically are 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS User s Guide g gt Is greater than or equal to Is less than amp Is less than or equal to A Is between mM Is nok between parameter string If numeric column Display all column readings being greater than or equal to the parameter value If textual column Display all column readings being higher or equal in the alphabet than the parameter string If numeric column Display all column readings being less than the parameter value If textual column Display all column readings being lower in the alphabet than the parameter string If numeric column Display all column readings being less than or equal to the parameter value If textual column Display all column readings being lower or equal in the alphabet than the parameter string If numeric column Display all column readings being between the two parameter values If textual column Display all column readings being between the two parameter strings in the alphabet column readings being less than or equal to the smallest parameter value or greater 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS If numeric column Disp
256. n the second row of the Alarm Options tab you can enable or disable the alarm occurring when a remote operation 10 fails A remote operation can fail in a number of ways One of these is by timeout the timeout time being decided in the field Max time to complete Note that this setting is used no matter if the alarm is enabled or not GMS alarm parameters In the third row of the Alarm Options tab you can enable or disable the alarm occurring should the transfer of files to the Global Monitoring Serverl 144 GMS stop GMS files are produced once an hour Preferably they are transferred immediately however in particular on ships it might be chosen to transfer only once or twice a day Therefore you can decide a time limit the number of hours you would allow the transfer to be delayed Loss of power surveillance parameters Please refer to How to configure loss of power surveillancel 971 Wrong ID missing planning data surveillance parameters This option is only available in terminals Please refer to Settings regarding missing or wrong ID alarms o 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The Container Details EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 104 User s Guide Z 7 The Container Details Overview The Container Details allows you to work with one single specific reefer container It includes all available
257. need the log files covering a time range Starting before things went wrong The log files are as default kept for 5 days leaving you 4 days to discover and act on the troubles If you think 4 days is not enough you may increase the value Advanced options Selecting Advanced options opens the following self explaining dialog box Advanced options for Planning System Interface Send options Send REEFER_MONITOR messages on new container alarms If this box is checked a REEFER_MONITOR message is sent to the Planning System every time a new container alarm occurs Do not send REEFER_MONITOR messages for modem offline containers If this box is checked REEFER_ MONITOR messages are never sent for containers which are currently offline but do have modems Do not send REEFER_MONITOR messages for no modem containers If this box is checked REEFER_MONITOR messages are never sent for containers not known to have a modem REEFER_MONITOR message time stamping Use UTC E LMT Don t accept REEFER_ DATA messages with blank or unknown locations If this box is checked incoming REEFER_DATA messages are ignored if the YARD LOCATION field of the message does not match any location defined in the container plan this also applies if the field is blank REEFER_DELETE handling C Immediate deletion The specdfied container is deleted from REFCON immediately and unconditionally upon reception of the REEFER_ DELETE message REFCON awaits the specifi
258. nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 69 Part V The Container Plan 78 1 Using the Container Plan a snnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnmn nnmnnn 80 2 Container Plan Legends s sisien i 80 3 Container Plan Generator terminal version cccceecseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneneneeeeeeeesesenenenes 80 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 4 User s Guide 8 4 Container Plan Generator ship version c csceeeeeeeeececeseeeeeeceseeeeeeceenseseeoeseseseseeensees 5 Editing the Container Plan ships only ccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeensesoeseseeeneeeeneesonseeoes 84 Part VI The Alarm System 88 1 Alam SUMMALY ensim e E E aD 89 2 Alam propaga HON oinen EEE EE EEEE 92 3 SpE ClalTCE IEIS sides seticcciccccccntauiecencaetortseethewstensmeens S 94 4 Container handling mode ships only ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeenseeoeseeeeeneeeoneneonseeoes 94 5 Temperature setpoint supervision s sssssssnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn 95 6 Possble loss Of power alari casnsccescnccsctenctsascatudacnzeneceanenanccenmermecansesnoncetenaesseoossucustenieass 95 7 Alarms for MISSING OF wrong ID weciccccccacecesee ns recasetcneneiereweneveneecewe st ensewebcavesieatwnesiekseerrers 97 8 User generated alarmS siti ieestesseeceuren nese bincneeihiceanenbeccmematrensaaribiwaneeehaceapenbnetmnseweescsevbnewres 98 9 Alan OpTONS SEUD cis
259. nspect bay 54 55 starting in port side just below deck Having completed the uppermost tier you step down to the tier just below starting in port side Etc From above deck Bay N N 1 Port side Starboard To Bay N 1 e Having completed bay 54 55 in the example you continue with bay 53 starting just below deck at starboard side When you reach the port side you turn around and inspect bay 50 11 starting in port side Back in starboard side you continue to the tier just below Etc 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 192 User s Guide Z Top view Tier just below deck Port side So Bay N 1 Bay N 4 Bay N 3 Starboard e Having completed bay 53 50 51 in the example you repeat this in bay 49 46 47 45 42 43 etc 13 1 3 Creating a custom walk route Overview On basis of the default walk route you can create any number of customised walk routes using a text editor like Notepad Any such custom walk route is kept in an external text file It is your responsibility to name the file to decide its location and to back it up Having created such a file or more you use it in the RDC Preparation Selection a7 dialog box Start Exporting the default walk route To create a custom walk route you need a complete list of all possible locations The safe and easy way to obtain this list is to export the default walk route This also gives a few other advantages as described below Proc
260. ntainer Report Main Page List of favorites double click to display topic Click to remove highlighted topic from favorites list Remove Display Curent topic Alarm Setup Add The topic being shown right now Click to add current topic to favorites To add a topic you must first open it from one of the other tabs The Information Pane In the larger right side of the Help window the selected topic is shown You will find the following ingredients e The Title of the topic You will recognize it from the Navigation Pane The Link box with the list of subject labels to the left and a list of related topics to the right The body of the topic with text and graphics The Topic navigation buttons at the bottom see The Buttons 151 The Buttons At the top of the Help window and at the bottom of the Information Pane the following buttons are available The Hide button removes the Navigation Pane making the Help window smaller while the topic information is still visible Click Show to bring it back The Back and Forward buttons operate on your actual chain of visited topic pages Each time you open a new topic page it is inserted in the chain after the actually displayed page The Back button jumps to the page earlier in the chain Having used the Back button you can use Forward to return to a page later in the chain Jumps to the very first topic in the very first Help module Introduction to REFC
261. o do regular inspections where you carry the RDC unit 120 and walk to the selected containers Before an inspection you should preparel 187 the RDC unit by deciding exactly which containers to visit the selection and in which order to visit them the walk route The RDC software has been and will be released in various versions It is installed and updated independently of the REFCON installation using the Handheld Software Commander Please find the RDC operating manual on the PC where Handheld Software Commander is installed being the REFCON Monitor PC where you interact with the RDC hand held computer The RDC unit Inspections are done by means of a hand held computer equipped with RDC software We generally refer to this as the RDC unit The RDC unit needs to be connected to REFCON for data transfer Normally this takes place through a docking station connected to a USB port of the REFCON PC If you have more than one REFCON PC any of them can be used RDC unit in Docking Station Important note You must import RDC data and prepare the RDC unit from the REFCON PC to which it is connected In the above example you can operate the RDC from PC 2 but not from PC 1 or PC 3 unless you move the docking station Also important On the same PC PC 2 in above example the Handheld Software Commander must be installed and running The Handheld Software Commander helps you installing the RDC software and keeping it up to date
262. ocations By pressing the left mouse button on an enabled location and dragging to other enabled locations Note that if the mouse passes disabled locations these are not affected because you started at an enabled location 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The Alarm System EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies User s Guide Z 6 The Alarm System Overview A vital part of REFCON is the Alarm System Please look at the following sketch REFCON Independent Alarm System alarm generation l in the container Optional controllers Alarm Alarm extension handling Alarm FET T generation fe supervision Parameters inhibit There are in fact three main parts e Alarm generation the decision that an alarm must be given Alarms are generated in two places the container controller 86 and REFCONT 891 e Alarm handling 8d maintaining a list of actual alarms and event logging e Alarm propagation 92 attracting your attention or just showing on the screen that an alarm is present A number of tools are available at REFCON for your alarm handling The primary tool is the Alarm Summary 891 in which you can always inspect all the actual alarms Alarms generated by the controller Reefer container controllers are independent alarm systems A
263. of logs takes some time and to make the Event Log open quickly only the newest 1000 events are transferred immediately As new events occur while the Event Log picture is open you will see that the number XXX grows as there is no reason to remove events once they have been transferred If you need to view older events you can change the setting No of logs to show A change will take effect within a few seconds Note that if you change to a smaller number it will have no effect Freezing the list In the bar at the bottom of the Event Log you may click the Freeze stop updating button Doing so makes the button text change to Unfreeze resume updating While frozen new events will not be added to the displayed list This could allow you to study a set of events without being disturbed by the list scrolling and the like Sorting the events When opened the Event Log always shows all events and it is always sorted chronologically the newest event being shown first It is possible to change the sorting however the change will be temporary as it can not be saved Changing the sorting is done exactly like in the Container List please refer to Selecting the sorting order of the containers 60 and Selecting a sorting filter 601 Column specifications The Event Log includes the columns described below Column header Explanation abbreviation Event description Together with the following four fields the Event descr
264. og Container ID Start of error record 060682 S FTX 444 Place of delivery MEA WTFFKGM 28600 LOC 6 BRED3LOC 12 FRLEHRFF ET 0020682 EQD CN KMIWCU674743D 4532 5 NA D CA MAE 172 20 Error description Unable to locate temperature setpoint cities aa T Explanation of the error The Baplie code missing in this case 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Planning data import 165 Here is one more example Location kaid The error Container ID Location data field Start of error record has only 6 digits CU747833 4534 45 NAD CA MAE 172 20 Error description Missing or invalid container id ies Saree Actual axe EOD CN4MwCU74 783 7445324445 Explanation of the error The Baplie code 11 6 CSV format editor Overview Depending on the type of the Planning System it might be expedient that the Planning data file is in a proprietary comma separated format In such case REFCON needs to know the exact specifications of the format for which purpose you need to use the CSV format editor A CSV formatted Planning data file is supposed to include one line for each container The line includes a number of data source columns separated by tab characters commas semi colons or another selected character despite of the name comma separated So what you mainly configure in the CSV format editor is what is the separator character also called the delimiter and what is the meaning of each individua
265. og on again 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z User Authentication 53 3 2 User Administration Overview Unless you operate on security level 1 assigning user IDs and passwords to the REFCON users is necessary You do that in the User Administrator dialog boxes using a user ID with special permissions You would normally create one User Account for each user The User Account includes the unique user ID the password the assigned User Role and optionally a user name and a description The permissions of the user is decided by the assigned User Role The User Role is in fact a list of actions that users with this Role are allowed to do At security level 1 user administration is not available and not relevant Example User Accounts and Roles Two persons John and Miranda are working on the same REFCON system as reefer electricians The user administrator has created one User Role named ReeferTechnician and two User Accounts with user IDs John and Miranda Both User Accounts are assigned to Role ReeferTechnician so John and Miranda have exactly the same permissions The User Administrator dialog box You open the User Administrator from the Tools menu Tools Settings Help User Administrator List of existing User Accounts Defined users Show User Account support Technician of highlighted user Create new User Account User Account special Delete highl
266. om Never Communicated sssssssnnnnseessnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnen n nnmnnn nnmnnn 227 4 Checking the Power Cabling ssnssunsnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 228 S TyPICANEMO S ei E E eee EEEE eee 229 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 6 User s Guide g 6 LOCATING ING MOGEIW sirean EERE T RMM Mod m FACIS cicecsccasscucsccscacaccanasscanccastesncesnascetaanessseanocandeasmuasaestevenubasnescesobacanceecwe 231 Part XVIII Understanding and Maintaining REFCON 236 1 The REFCON system hardware asasssssnnsnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 237 2 The REFCON 6 software package ccccccceceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeneesenseeceseseeenseeeneesensnsnsenons 239 3 The REFCON Data Service and plug ins cccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeesenseeonseeees 240 4 Third party Software on the REFCON PC ccccccsseecseeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeesneeeeneesensesonseeoes 244 5 The External interfaces cccccececeseseeeeeeseeeeeceeeseeeeeeneeensneasaeaeaseeaeeeeeeeeenececeeaeanansnanaas 245 6 Understanding installation and update ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeesneeeeeeeensaeeeeeneaes 245 TE CUE a Ui acc cte crs tts create emer r cece eee ome eens re sterenmoesees nes 248 0 REFCON SO age sc cs ct eg ects cts ee eee ee ese eset 251 g SIS Device S LI STrna errs cere cee ee ce ec a a 254 10 PCT Co
267. on the list and meet the filter conditions Selecting the filter In the frame to the right of the Use specified filter only radio button you can set up a filter deciding which containers to include in the preparation list e Containers that never The result depends on the Include containers missing data communicated checkbox e f not checked the RDC list will include all containers reported by the Planning System that have not yet started communicating If the container has communicated even if it was just for a while it is not included e lf checked the RDC list will include the same containers as if not checked plus all containers for which setpoint and temperature data are not Known or are obsolete Note that this selection corresponds to what we call RDC monitored containers 18 Containers with The RDC list will include all containers with alarms no matter if the alarms alarm origins from the container controller from REFCON or from the user and no matter if the container is communicating or not Special reefers The RDC list will include all containers marked as Special reefers no a S all other conditions of the container All containers containers The RDC list will include all containers The RDC list will include all containers unconditionally You can refine the filter by selecting either of the checkboxes a Exclude containers When this checkbox is checked containers that were included in the w
268. one RMM Master active at a time The maximum communication performance is obtained by defining as many master groups as possible however it is vital that all RMM Masters and containers in one master group are complete separated from all RMM Masters and containers in all other master groups as regards 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 258 User s Guide Z Power Cable Transmission that is a unit in one master group must in no way be able to hear signals sent by any unit in any other master group Please contact us for advice about your specific power cable configuration Viewing the master group Each RMM Master always belongs to one and only one master group You can see the number of the group in the Group column in the System Devices List 254 Editing the master groups It is possible to change the used master groups by 1 Editing the file intended for this purpose 2 Stopping and Starting REFCON from the REFCON Manager Warning Because of the separation requirement mentioned above do never change the master group file unless you are highly qualified in Power Cable Transmission 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The REFCON Manager EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 260 User s Guide Z 19 The REFCON Manager Overview The REFCON Manager is an extra software program r
269. one or more plug ins installed and running Most plug ins work as middleware A middleware plug in provides an interface between two systems of which REFCON is the one a Example P External P REFCON Data Engine Fi system ii system server database Connection A REFCON Data Service C General purpose N RFS interface Odata How a plug in is installed As standard if a plug in is going to be used in your REFCON system it s installation program is found on the Customer Disk being part of the delivery On the Customer Disk it is found in the Autolnstall folder Provided that you use the Customer Disk during the installation of REFCON 248 this makes the plug in automatically installed and your interference will normally not be necessary It is possible to install a plug in on another PC provided that this is connected by LAN to the REFCON Main PC This requires extra manual action Should this be desired it should be specifically agreed between you the customer and Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS How a plug in is updated It may happen that a new version of a plug in is released When so Emerson Climate Technologies places it on the updating server on the Internet If your REFCON Main PC is connected to the Internet it will automatically discover that an update is available and inform you about it As described in Updating a plug in 24s you will have to accept t
270. opped Commisioning mode Having stopped REFCON you have the option to check the Commisioning Mode checkbox You will in such case get a warning saying that Commisioning mode should only be selected by service technicians from Emerson Climate Technologies or our co operating partners Please be aware that in Commisioning mode PLS is running as an application rather than a service This is potentially a sensible situation because if you or another user logs off from Windows without having cancelled the Commisioning mode PLS will simply stop and REFCON will therefore not be able to communicate with the containers The advantage about Commisioning mode is that PLS being an application has a separate user interface useful for trouble shooting and similar purposes To cancel Commisioning mode proceed as follows 1 Click the Stop button 2 Uncheck the Commisioning mode checkbox 3 Click the Start button You should now see the green words RUNNING OK at the PLS 19 2 Administration Overview The REFCON Manager s Administration tab provides file input and output functions Fal Refcon Manager Sample system IMO 7 77 77 The system must be completely stopped in order to use this page Backup Restore Export Import Idle For data to from this REFCON system For data to from other REFCOWN system Back up Restore Export contig Import config File import Import License File
271. ose 2I 9 above This user would specifically take advantage of the Historic data logging 20 functionality Container repairer role A user taking the Container repairer role is supposed to take action when a container has mechanical or electrical defect e Typically the action is initiated by an alarm see the Alarm System 8 The alarm text should give an idea of what is wrong In most cases you will have to check the container manufacturer s manual for instructions lf REFCON has no connection to a container the Container repairer should in co operation with the REFCON maintainer get the communication to work as described in the Modem Troubleshooting Guidel 24 You can maximize the value of REFCON by taking this job very seriously REFCON maintainer role A user taking the REFCON maintainer role is responsible for keeping the REFCON system running and working optimally This user would need a deep knowledge and understanding of the REFCON system hardware being described in Understanding and Maintaining REFCONI 2s3 where you can also find descriptions of the available tools in the REFCON Monitor The REFCON maintainer works closely together with the IT maintainer 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Introduction to REFCON 6 11 The IT maintainer role In the very most cases REFCON is connected to a LAN network used for interfacing internally and or externally A user taking the IT maintain
272. ote e f textual column Display all gt all containers in modes column readings being not coming before defrost and between the two parameter after remote when sorted Strings in the alphabet alphabetically as well as both defrost and remote are selected for example defrosting is not selected but cooling and unit off are abe Contains Display all column readings Location Like 23 gt all that includes the parameter containers where the exact string substring 23 is found in the location are included for example 005R123A and 011R231B but not OO8R203A ach Does not contain Display all column readings Location Not Like 23 gt that do not include the all containers where the exact parameter string substring 23 is not found in the location are included for example 005R120A and 011R203B but not 008R123A ab Begins with Display all column readings Location Like 00 gt all that begin with the parameter containers where the exact string substring 00 is the beginning of the location are included for example 005R123A and 008R203A but not 011R231B nor 123RO01A ble Ends with Display all column readings Location Like 3A gt all that end with the parameter containers where the exact string substring 3A is the end of the location are included for example 005R123A and 008R203A but not 011R231B nor 123A001R axe Is like Similar to equal but the Location Li
273. otential problem when the container is equipped with a Daikin Decos controller type Ilic or Illd in combination with an older RMM modem In this case the problem shows up if the connection between the controller and the RMM modem fails plug fallen out cable cut or electronic problem The recommended way to solve the problem is to replace the modem with an RMM MK IVb HW revision H or newer 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 230 User s Guide Z 17 6 Locating the Modem Overview The modem can be an integrated unit MPC2000 MP 3000 or an independent unit attached to various controller types The following figure shows the most common examples RMM MK IVb Oo g Relay board OOO U Mitsubishi MMCCIIA Thermo King MPC2000 MP 3000 a Carrier ML2 2i ML3 StarCool i E Relay Board GOO GOO OGG GOOG Ooo 000 ooo mm HEE fe oo0 ooa loool oce oco oco oco RMM MK IVb DECOS Illic 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS GS Modem Troubleshooting 231 17 7 RMM Modem Facts Overview Below you find facts about the three most common modem types Fuse LEDs Power 24 Communication con 43 phase power and power inlet nection to controller earth connection Fuse LEDs J PCT Line 24 V Communication con 3 phase power and power inlet nection to controller earth connection Fuse LEDs Communication con Not 24 V
274. ours in certain time zones 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The REFCON Monitor 33 If your system includes more than one REFCON PC you will discover that the current date and time shown in the Top panel on each REFCON Monitor are synchronised UTC is very important The UTC is along with the LMT used when time stamping alarms events and data logs and when deciding when to make logs and other time controlled actions Also the UTC is used when time stamping data sent to the Global Monitoring Server It is vital to the reliability of these data that the UTC is correct and that it runs continuously without adjustments And as you know the reliability of data is vital in case of claims and similar Therefore do never change the UTC unless it is strongly required If you are changing time zone or daylight saving time always adjust the LMT only UTC time synchronisation is very important Even though the clock electronics in newer PCs is quite precise it can t guarantee that the UTC used by REFCON is correct and remains so Therefore time synchronisation is vital To avoid that this gets a manual duty to the users we recommend that any REFCON system runs some kind of automatic synchronisation When such a solution is found your duty as a user is to react on alarms or other signs should it stop working Note that REFCON also supports automatic synchronisation of the LMT There are many possib
275. output indicators appear as follows 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Modem Troubleshooting EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 2a User s Guide Z 17 Modem Troubleshooting Overview To have the full benefits of your REFCON system it is very important that the highest possible number of reefer containers are communicating on the PCT Power Cable Transmission To achieve this the electronics modem controller etc on every single container must be maintained This Guide intends to show you how to check the containers and how to act in case of troubles Please note that this guide assumes that the conditions are stable for several hours for the reefer container being investigated Stable conditions means that it is constantly plugged in to power and it s Planning data are up to date Communication path The communication only works if the entire communication path is OK Communication path OK Reefer Power Panel H Junetion g E T T T T T a a al l l l lll l l ll ll ll E i z _ nex i l t Comm UL a cable Power cable The REFCON system must work It is essential to modem troubleshooting that the REFCON system as such works well If you get an error here it might appear as a high number of containers have communication problems maybe located in same physical area Ple
276. ower alarm found in Obsolete list with values in MastNet and MastNode columns Possible reasons How would you Know What do you do The container was discharged Sorry but we thought we better mention it Update Planning Data Reefer plug not connected y The modem fuse is blown Inspect container open lid Are all modem LEDs off Plug in the power cable Inspect on location Check fuse 24V phase power Connect internal not connected Inspect container open lid C power cable to the For TK Check J16 connector 7J according Others Check internal cable j to manual modem See Check power cabling Correct external Inspect container open lid or internal Measure resistance between b cabling modem GND and ship chassis j Connect internal power cable d aml acc to manual P ESS See RMM p Replace the modem H Modem Facts connected to the modem Stop the noise source Typical source b or a Inspect near location iF high frequency E pa electrical noise l Welding equipment wait for it to stop 17 3 Checking the Modem Remedy List Overview The pre defined Modem remedy list attempts to list all containers with fixable communication equipment problems It includes problems that will or can give alarms 2 31 as well as all containers that are basically light blue belonging to the Modem available group in the
277. own right after opening the Live Monitor Please wait until this indication changes before using the Monitor TIME OUT The interface communication does not run something is wrong The interface communication is running Show or Hide alive messages If you uncheck the checkbox upper left the Live Monitor will also show the non data messages like this TH lt Alive gt EH lt Aliye gt Normally it is unnecessary to have these messages displayed as the status OK upper right exactly means that the alive messages run as intended The list of messages The major part of the Live Monitor displays one line for each message The columns are Column Explanation header e R is short for Received by REFCON A message sent from the Planning System to REFCON e T is short for Transmitted by REFCON A message sent from REFCON to the Planning System You may use the Clear button to remove everything in the list 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System REFCON Data Collector EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 180 User s Guide I 13 REFCON Data Collector Overview The The RDC REFCON Data Collector allows systematic data collection from reefer containers that are not communicating on the power cables Also it allows you to check the setpoints of the containers To take advantage of the RDC you need t
278. ows the ID of the latest inspected container When running well with some number of reefer containers connected the shown ID will change irregularly See also the PCT indicator in the Side panell 231 The right part is a smaller version of the Performance Barf 25 In case of a system alarm the Performance Bar gets smaller making room for the bell Indicator REFCON Mw HMUGI67 76 lf the system alarm is even a critical alarm the Performance Bar is replaced by a distinct warning 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 30 User s Guide Z REFCON 2 4 MY MUGSI67 76 which should make you take action as soon as possible Shortcut menus Overview In all relevant places such as list pictures and the Container Plan Shortcut menus also known as right click menus are available Refresh now Delete container Mark special reefer Show historic data table Show historic data graph Make RDE list Best Fit all columns Add Remove columns Save list changes Delete this list In general the Shortcut menu offers a selection of commands relevant to the context To ensure that the Shortcut menus are easy fast and safe to use they are designed systematically and uniformly meaning that the menu is always immediately recognized by the user Any Shortcut menu is build up of one or more sections For example if a container was right clicked
279. pe of the ghost controller data available does it match the actual container If you know the actual setpoint of the ghost controller data available does it match the Actual Setpoint read on the controller of the actual container Remember If the one is in Celsius and the other in Fahrenheit there might be a small conversion error Check the Communication sub page of the Container Details of the ghost Does the last part of the Modem string match the serial number of the modem at the actual container lf the first 4 letters of the container ID read LOSU you are probably dealing with a Thermo King MP 3000 or MP 4000 The 7 digits of the container ID will then normally reflect the last 7 digits of the serial number of the controller If the first 4 letters of the container ID read RMMU you are probably dealing with an RMM Mk IV modem You will then normally find this default container ID printed at the rear of the modem Final check for 100 certainty How many containers do you have that matches those criteria Typically there will be only one To be absolutely sure you suspect the right one do a final test Try sending a setpoint change of 0 1 degree from REFCON and then go to the container and check that it has responded Or try making the change at the container and check that it updates in REFCON it might take a few minutes If so you got it Remember to change back the setpoint Please refer to Change of Container IDI
280. pecifications 921 When opened the Alarm Summary always includes all alarms in the relevant category and it is always sorted chronologically the newest alarm in each section being shown first The sorting order can be changed as shown in Sorting the alarms 921 Indication of temporary list changes It is possible to temporarily change the Sorting of the alarms 92 the selection of displayed columns 64 and more As this can lead to serious mistakes for other users the change is clearly indicated by orange colours of the list caption and more Location Origin T re m m m mm e m m You revert to the standard settings by closing and re opening the Alarm Summary or by clicking the Reset sorting filtering button Opening the Alarm Summary You can not open an Alarm Summary if there are no alarms in the relevant category For example if there is no pending system alarms the System Alarm Summary can not be opened but if it is already open it stays so To open the Container Alarm Summary click the Alarms nn text or the red flashing field in the Performance Bar 25 Alms 16 Open Container Alarm Summary Note that the Alarms field is available even when the Side panel is minimized To open the System Alarm Summary click the System Alarms nn text or the red flashing bell icon below the Performance Barl 251 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions
281. perature measured Data field colours The fields in the Value column are coloured exactly like in the Container List 5 7 10 Sub page Events Overview The Events sub page shows the list of events relevant to this container origin from the present cargo voyage as described in Event logging ss E Mars 0 Operators pataa evens Container Event Log New value Old value Unit Item description r Trigging Trigger User Event type REFCON Setup 0 5 Event description m Select temperature setpoint delta REFCON Setup Setpoint difference alarming System Son i Temperature out of range Acknowledge E Actual and expected setpoints differ New alarm B Temperature out of range New alarm B Container data record creation Creation B Container data record deletion Deletion Creation MSWU1033746 020010 MSWU1033746 020010 MSWU1033746 020010 MSWU1033746 MSWU1033746 020010 MSWU1033746 Container Container Container Container Container Container User System User System System System John REFCON 2011 05 17 John 2011 05 17 ReeferCon 2011 05 17 ReeferCon 2011 05 17 ReeferCon 2011 05 17 B Container data record creation MSWU1033746 020010 Container System REFCON 201 ee Vv m Actual and expected setpoints differ New alarm The list is similar to the general event list see Event log 1281 You can print export 122 the container event log by selecting the print button upper right
282. pole Configuration Editor 181 and click the You now see quite a Plugs View tab long list of all configured plugs in the system 2 Locate and click the first of the plugs with wrong location You should now have You would probably locate it by this wrong location one plug highlighted 3 Locate the other plug You may need to scroll the list to find it 4 Hold down the Ctrl button on the keyboard and then click You should now have the other plug both plugs highlighted 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 202 User s Guide Z 5 _ either of the two highlighted rows and select You will see that the the option in the Shortcut menu highlights disappear aes Puos View from the list and that the locations of the two plugs that you did select have swapped FMMO01 3871 In case you made a FMM01 387 mistake simply select the two again and repeat FMM01 987 the operation to swap FMMO1 987 back FMM01 987 at a FMMO1 987 PRR Gay Location Station Number Users Desc Understanding the FMM Please be aware that REFCON communicates with the FMM through the PCT Power Cable Transmission This means that logging in and out as well as data polling work very much as if the FMM were a container with PCT modem 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The Email Notification function EMERSON
283. r e the container ID e if it is a reefer container e the expected temperature setpoint e and other information We call this information Planning data opposed to the data available online from the containers Why are Planning data important It is a great advantage to have the Planning data transferred from the Planning System to REFCON In particular the following data are valuable e The presence of a container as it enables the user to identify containers that are not monitored and thereby potentially are without power e The container location as it allows REFCON to show the containers graphically see the optional Container Planl 78 e The expected setpoint as it allows REFCON to check the setpoint actually running in the container controller see Actual and Expected setpoints differl 95 Other information can be valuable as well for specific purposes Possible interface types REFCON includes the following interface options e Manual Planning data file reading 160 via removable disk or LAN e Automatic Planning data file reading se via LAN e The optional 2 way automatic online interfacel 170 via LAN We strongly recommend that you always select an automatic interface option Only the two file transfer types are described in this topic and it s sub topics Understanding the Data Flow The following figure illustrates how data enter the Container Data Record 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transpo
284. r 165 Establishing Online Connection 158 File error alarming options 15 7 File errorlog 161 File reading rules 158 File transfer procedure 160 Introduction 152 Manual file transfer 160 Settings 156 Transferring the File 160 Understanding the Data Flow 152 When are containers deleted 154 Planning System 245 Planning System Communication Interface B Introduction 170 Live window 177 Setup 172 Trouble shooting 174 Plug ins Update 248 Possible loss of power 219 Postal address 8 Power Cabling check 228 Pre defined Container List 63 Print Prevew 122 Printing 122 Printing automatically 124 Protection against computer viruses 244 Psion 180 Public networks 244 Purchase time configuration 11 Purposes and User Roles 9 Purposes of REFCON6 9 R RDC 180 Custom walk route 192 Default walk route 189 Hand held computer 180 Operating from REFCON 182 Preparation Selection 187 Psion 180 Recommended schedule 180 Walk route 189 192 Why Use 181 RDC list How to create 188 RDC monitored containers 181 Reefer container 236 REFCON 6 configurations 11 REFCON 6 introduction 8 REFCON 6 software package 239 REFCON Clock System 32 REFCON Data Collector 180 REFCON Data Servce 240 REFCON external interfaces 245 REFCON Manager 260 Administration 264 Remote Monitor configuration 266 Supervision 263 Updates 26 7 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g REFCON Manager taskbar icon 261 RE
285. r Office PC p Remove offline devices Reset statistics O Standard view Statistics view Both Selecting Both includes all columns from the two views Column specifications The following table specifies the columns included in the System Devices List Column header Explanation abbreviation Device Textual automatically created identification of the REFCON device User s description Textual identification of the device Fora REFCON User but partly 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Understanding and Maintaining REFCON Column header Explanation abbreviation Monitor device it is the PC description followed by automatically the Windows user shown in the parentheses created for some devices Online means that the device is online while amp means REFCON that it is offline Name of software plus version where relevant The type of hardware in question REFCON Device Activity Only used for RMM Masters The fish moving REFCON Device indicates that the master is actively communicating at the moment Note that in each Group only one master can be active at a time The master group 2s REFCON Connected e For RS2LAN device Number of connected RMM REFCON Masters e For RMM Master device Number of connected containers Total Total number of messages sent to that RMM REFCON Master since Data Engine start or statistics reset Retrans Nu
286. ransmission system As this changes frequently the indicator will normally change rapidly though irregularly and therefore if it does not change for some time it might indicate that something is wrong However while a container remote operation 109 is taking place the indicator shows the status of this in stead Statistics in the Side panel Most list items do normally have a counter shown in parentheses Container Lists lt All Containes 2356 In general the counter is the number of alarms or containers in that specific list The All Containers counter illustrated above shows the total number of containers currently registered in REFCON s database e All that was included in the latest data transfer from the Planning System of which some might not yet have started communicating e All that are currently communicating e All that have stopped communicating but have not yet been deleted from the database By adding your own container lists 631 you can create statistics as you need The Picture area The larger centre right area of the REFCON Monitor is where the pictures appear that you select in the Side panel or the menu It is possible to have one or two pictures open at a time If two are open selecting the small Close button X upper right in a picture will close this making the other picture resize to the whole picture area In contrary if only one picture is open the Close button does not work as you c
287. responsible for making the data transfer work automatically or for preparing the manual transfer In such case please proceed below The Data Transfer Link For the Global Monitoring concept to work it is vital that the data transfer link between your REFCON system and the GMS is established and runs well Please observe the following possible conditions The REFCON Main PC is connected The REFCON Main PC is not connected to the to the Internet Internet Global Monitoring Monitoring Server Server Customers E mail system The Transfer Link can work fully Customer s automatic solution 471 or manual data automatic using REFCON s built in transfer 148 is required tools In GMS Setupl 45 select any option In GMS Setupl 4s select the first option Store in but the first local folder only In short the REFCON Main PC creates a GMS file once an hour containing the complete set of data that needs to be transferred to the GMS at that point of time The file is placed in the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Data Transfer for Global Monitoring 145 drive and folder decided during the GMS Setup 143 The file is packed and is under no circumstances allowed to be changed by hand Data transfer as standard takes place by attaching these files to emails This can work automatically or manually If in your case there is no automatic connection between REFCON and your ema
288. ress of manufacturer System 32 Email 8 Time zones 37 Postal 8 Colour codes in container lists 58 Administration functions 264 Column specifications Advancing the clock 38 Alarm Summary 92 Alarm Container List 61 Missing ID 97 Event Log 139 Wrong ID 97 PCT Communication Statistics List 257 Alarm indication 93 System Devices List 254 Alarm indication column 61 Communication page in Container Details 119 Alarm Options setup 100 Communication path 214 Alarm removal 186 Configuration Alarm Summary 89 Export 41 265 Opening 90 Import 265 Purchase time 11 Alarm System Runti 13 Alarm generation 88 CRUG Alarm handling 88 Connection Types 104 Alarm propagation 92 Connector specifications RMM Mk4b 233 Introduction 88 Contact information 8 Alarms page in Container Details 116 Container commands 109 Alarms modem related 219 Container Connection Types 104 Automatic re creation of folder and share 157 Container Deletion Automatic Planning data File Transfer 156 ONIONS N Setup 156 Disabling 251 Automatic Print Export 124 Enabling 251 n Time delay 251 Automatic update detection prerequisites 268 B Container Details Editable fields 107 Identification of container 105 Backup function 39 Introduction 104 Bands and Columns 58 Minimising 105 Base picture 21 Restoring 105 Sub page Alarms 116 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 276 User s Guide Container Details Sub page Communication Sub page
289. ria textbox List of operators Click to do the search tents Index Search Favo es Ss Tipe in the word s to search for formation EM ERSON Climate Technologies List Topic Displa Select topic Found 26 Key subjects in this topic Related topics Introduction REFC Backup function REFC 2 Understanding an REFC 3 Planning data import REFC 4 Automatic Print E REFC 5 i n was developed and delivered by 6 7 8 The Container Det User Authenticatio REFC REFC REFC Emerson CIN Transportatio ete ini f Christian X s Vej ae 8270 Hoejbjerg De Phone 45 87 36 35 0X Fax 45 87 36 35 01 E mail gce support jci co www myREEFER com The REFCON 64 REFCON Setup REFC 13 Purposes andUse REFC 14 lt gt REFC 12 Search previous resus V Match similar words Search titles only REFCON 6 Reefer Monitoring System Double click to inspect topic Maybe make additional choices Search result highlights Proceed as follows 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Introduction to REFCON 6 EA Maybe change the settings of the three checkboxes at the bottom Select List Topics to do the search it might take a while If no hits are found a dialog box informs about this and you may try again 5 lf hits are found a prioritised list appears in the listbox Double click a topic to
290. rigins from the Planning System it can not be edited by the user otherwise it is editablel 1071 Next the container controller s Operating mode is indicated if known Please refer to the controller manuals for explanations the following table In the lower part the connection typel 104 and the controller type are indicated as described in Condition Reat If the controller type is known va PCT or RMM RDC If the controller type is read via PCT but it is new to REFCON If the container communicates via PCT but with no connection between modem and controller lf the container data is updated manually using the optional RDC lf the container is reported by the Planning System but REFCON has no live data at all Then the controller type is indicated If a picture of the type is available this is shown otherwise a stylistic container is shown see the following table Then you will read the type ISO compatible container A stylistic white container is shown see the following table Then you will read the type Modem without controller The stylistic light blue container is shown see the following table Then you will read the type RDC monitored container The stylistic white or light blue container is shown see the following table Then you will read the type Modem missing container or Modem available container with corresponding stylistic white or light blue container shown see the following
291. rms simultaneously it will be more messages e Periodically if so decided by the REFCON user timer based transmissionl 1731 One message for every single container in REFCON s database is sent up to 8 times a day e As response to the request message mentioned above one response message for each request message Request message Request for Reefer Data message see above Planning System Interface failure alarm Should the connection to the Planning System fail an alarm is released 12 1 Planning System Interface Setup Overview The Planning System Communication Interface is controlled through the Planning System Interface tab of the REFCON Setupl sil dialog REFCON Setup Enable Planning System interface Configuration Main PC Folder For log files csvorking Browse Keep log files For s days Communication Options Use timer based transmission of reefer data Protocol versior Wi 6 Timer Based Data Transmission keai aa My IF address All available Fixed time of transmission 00 00 E Advanced options My Port number 11002 n Frequency of transmissions Every amp ho Delay inbetween messages rs 20 a To have the Planning System Communication Interface work first of all make sure the Enable checkbox is checked Also decide the configuration as described in the following 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B The Planning System Comm
292. rom communication stop to alarm 180 a minutes Enable Email Notification Configure notification groups Edit receiver email addresses 2 Apel To have email notifications transmitted make sure the Enable checkbox is checked Also decide the configuration see Common Configuration 2051 and Notification Group Configuration 20s below Remember to apply your changes Common Configuration Note that when enabling Email Notification at the momemt you click the checkbox the Email server tab shows up in the REFCON Setupl 251 dialog box if not already visible In addition to the settings described below you need to set up your email server please refer to Email Server settings 481 for information Notification Group Configuration To decide the email recipients and more click the Configure notification groups button This makes the following dialog box appears 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 20 User s Guide I 4 Edit Notification Groups Notification groups A Group Details O Setpoint alarms highest priority i 1 Container alarme high priority no recipierit Group ID Container alarms horm priority no recipient 3 System alarms no recipient Group Hame O Setpoint alarms highest priority Group enabled E mail template Standard REFCON 5 E mail Recipients Add or remove check marks John Jensen lt johntisomecompany com
293. rtation Solutions ApS I Planning data import 153 Planning Data file or message XA AUNNA NAA DATA DATA DATA AS AUNNANAOO DATA DATA DATA XAXUNAAANANPP DATA DATA DATA XAKXUNNNNNOG DATA DATA DATA AZ AUNNA AA RR DATA DATA DATA XARUNNNNNSS DATA Planning System AS AUN NAA y Power lines SS S SS S RR in pls pga a Note Online data Online data can also come from the optional RDC There is one Container Data Record for each container Known to REFCON no matter if it is e reported by both Planning data and Power Cable Transmission or by only one of them e communicating or not Container Data Records are dynamically created and deleted For example if a container appears in Planning data and has not been known to REFCON before a new record is created and the Planning data is inserted Selected data in any Container Data Record can be inspected in the Container Details 1041 and the Container List 581 Planned and Unplanned containers We denote a container as planned if it s data record includes valid Planning data that is if information about the container has been received from the Planning System We denote a container as unplanned if it is not planned that is if REFCON did not receive information about the container from the Planning System Such a container will always have online data as the data record was created because the container was discovered by the Power Cable Transm
294. s missing monitored They have been reported required unless you White by the Planning System and either choose to install modems have they not yet started You may use the optional communicating or they never will RDC because modems are missing as far as we know l Modem The containers in this group are not Manual inspection is l available monitored and are in one of the required unless you Light blue following situations choose to repair replace e They have been reported by the the modems or their Planning System and either have connections You may use they not yet started the optional RDC communicating or they never will despite modems should be available but have errors Their modems have no connection to the controllers and communicate by factory ID Obsolete This group covers containers that Fix the modems and or have been green but for which data the Planning data Orange are now obsolete This can be due to a number of possible reasons including Containers having been plugged off intendedly or not Containers having defective modems or the like Planning data being incomplete or not up to date You are late in doing a manual RDC inspection Minimum height of coloured area A coloured area has a minimum height of about 4 of the total bar height because otherwise it could become almost invisible In particular for the Alarms area it is vital that it is clearly visible So if for example jus
295. s 192 168 0 22 Can be changed if required by customer REFCON supports static IP addresses only Shared file folder C GMSLOGIF shared as See GMS Setupl 145 for specific GMSLOGIF information User login Refcon no password Can be changed by customer Email regularity Please make sure emails with attached REFCON files are sent to logif reefers online com regularly as follows e Preferred frequency 4 6 emails per 24 hours e Minimum frequency 1 email per 24 hours Note More files may be attached to one E mail 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 18 User s Guide Z 10 3 Customer s responsibility It is your job to set up your email system to run the described schedule automatically Some email programs do include functionality for this Regularly at the frequency you decide the email system should 1 Move all files from the shared folder GMSlogif 2 Make sure the files that have been moved are deleted from GMSlogif 3 Attach the files to one or more emails however make sure each file is only attached and sent once 4 Send the emails to logif reefers online com REFCON s file naming The REFCON Main PC generates a packed GMS file every hour The GMS files are created in the folder C GMSLogIf on the REFCON Main PC harddisk The files are named REFCON 001 REFCON 002 up to REFCON 999 Each time the folder is e
296. s or IDs starting with SONU TAAU etc is less than or Same as is less than but also is less than or equal to 17 will equal to including the exact match display the value 17 0000 and smaller blanks Do only show the container if the field in this column is empty non blanks Do only show the container if the field in this column is not empty like Similar to equal but the e like SoMu0123456 will character can be used to hit more display ID SQMU0123456 only than one container like SOmu will display all IDs starting with SOMU like SOmu 20 will display all IDs starting with SOMU and ending with 20 like 77 will display all IDs including the sequence of characters 77 not like The opposite of like Displays all not like 77 will display all containers that like would hide IDs that do not include the sequence of characters 77 If you select two criteria also choose the combination type e Select And if both criteria must be met e Select Or if one of the criteria or both must be met Examples e To have all containers with setpoint near zero selected you could define criterion 1 as is greater than 0 5 criterion 2 as is less than 0 5 and combination type And e To have all containers in bay 02 and 06 displayed you would choose the Location column and set criterion 1 to like b02 criterion 2 to like 006 and combination type Or Customising the
297. s support emerson com www emersonclimate com Transportation_ Solutions www ProActTransport com 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Introduction to REFCON 6 9 1 2 Purposes and User Roles Overview Let us discuss the purposes of REFCON and your possible roles when using it Of course we aS manufacturers can not know the specific purposes that a specific customer has in mind when deciding to install a REFCON system Neither can we know your specific role when using it But REFCON was designed to comply with the set of known common purposes and the set of common roles described below The different functions in REFCON often aim at a certain purpose or a certain role so understanding the purposes and roles would explain why the functions are included and when you understand your role in this context you would easier find the right function to use Purpose 1 of REFCON the local cargo supervision system The original main purpose of REFCON is to make you the local user able to treat the cargo in the containers as required while the containers are your responsibility Complying with this purpose means making sure that e all reefer containers are connected to power all reefer containers are continuously Supervised all reefer containers have correct setpoints any alarm from the containers is dealt with any problem is dealt with as soon as possible Purpose 2 of REFCON the local claim treatment syst
298. scribed by one of the following statements 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS a User s Guide B e Though responding OK the controller did not change the ID You recognize this situation by a the record with the new ID does not appear and b the record with the old ID persists and keeps updating you could try the Refresh nowl 171 command to check You may try again but probably you will have to walk to the container and change the ID directly in the controller e The controller changed the ID but it did not start communicating using the new D before time out REFCON concludes that the ID did not change and things appear like the above bullet except that the old ID record is no longer updated Most likely a record with the new ID shows up within an hour as the container is re discovered by the standard PCT functionality Then you will have two records representing the same container one with old ID and one with new ID You may delete the one with old ID 7 5 Measurement resolution Overview Any measurement that originates from a container controller and is shown on the REFCON Monitor has a limited accuracy The sensors and the controller operate with certain resolutions and after this the power cable transmission system will in some cases further reduce the accuracy in order to improve communication performance Temperature resolution example For specific controller types and modem types car
299. see Finding a Ghost Container 2 Correct the ID see Change of Container ID Please refer to Finding a Ghost Container 2211 below to solve the problem 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Modem Troubleshooting 221 17 2 1 1 Finding a Ghost Container Overview If you have at least one ghost container how do you physically locate it In the ideal situation all your reefer containers are equipped with power cable modems and the number of communicating containers is as expected Then you would look in the Modem missing list the Modem available list or the Modem remedy list for non communicating containers with valid location Or you would open the optional Container Plan and look for white and light blue container positions In both cases we will refer to white or light blue positions in the following The number of such positions would match the number of ghosts This number is uSually very small so the further investigation would be practicable In many cases you will however face a non ideal situation Just a few reefer containers without modems will make your job much more difficult because these will appear as white or light blue positions exactly like the ghosts So rather than deciding which white or light blue position is which ghost you must find out which of the white or light blue positions are actually ghosts Looking for container ID similarity Some wrong IDs
300. showing the periodically logged historic data that is the same data as shown in the Container Trendl 134 The Historic Log is a part of the Summary tab of the Container Details n7 picture but also it is available as an independent window 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g f Recent container data DEMO1000587 08 09 2006 07 09 2005 03 00 038 00 OF 00 06 00 O5 00 04 00 03 00 020d 01 00 O0 00 2 00 2200 1 0 20 00 19 00 15 00 17 00 16 00 15 00 14 00 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 mn Supply C 11 9 9 5 Ah 10 2 11 9 10 2 10 8 11 6 5 2 3 5 Historic data logging BEA Switch to UTC Return C 10 4 Bie 0 3 10 4 2 9 20 5 15 10 9 a Aaa Each line in the Historic Log represents one sample of each of the available measures Note that measurements appear with a limited accuracy 1141 The Historic Log includes one column for each available measure depending on the type of the container controller The Historic Log includes all logs available for the specific container It is always sorted chronologically the newest sample being shown first Opening the Historic Log There are two ways to open a Historic Log 1 Use the Container history menu option 221 2 If you are not sure about the container ID an
301. sible to arrange that the emails are received on the user s cell phone Note that all this is not a part of Emerson Climate Technologies s delivery Possible delay of received emails Notification emails are sent by REFCON immediately when the alarms or other events occur Depending on the Internet company and the general load on the Internet there can be some 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Email Notification function 205 delay before the email is actually received Installation Having installed REFCON and having achieved a mail account you need to make a few settings 2051 After this alarms and other events will automatically be forwarded as decided You can of course change the settings at any time Note In case of a re installation of REFCON remember to import your backup of the settings and to verify that they actually are as desired 15 1 Email Notification Setup Overview The Email Notification function is controlled through the Alarm Options tab of the REFCON Setupl 25 dialog amp REFCON Setup susrennsuy Alarm Options Seumantieecseniat ants Seunatiey E Begna waa Configuration Enable Temperature Setpoint Alarms Temperature Setpoint Delta 0 5 E Enable alarms on Failed remote operations Mak time to complete 03 00 B minutes Enable alarms when GMS file sending stops Mas time without sending 25 FS hourg Enable loss of power surveillance in Sea mode only Delay f
302. simply by watching the Light Emitting Diodes LEDs of the RMM modem The following figures show the most common examples Note however that in case of malfunctions the LED behaviour can not always be foreseen l Typical modem LED appearances Mk4b v H and up xX ia LED flashes Normal situations No communication Error regarding controller No 24 V dead 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Modem Troubleshooting 233 Connector Specifications RMM Mk4b The connectors on the modem RMM Mk4b are specified as follows For other modem makes please refer to the respective manuals J1 3 phase power and earth connection 2 Novomecion 6 Nocomecton 4 __ nocomecion iS J3 Communication connection to controller Cor o J s e E T E S Co e o r oom E C a J5 24 V power inlet E id 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System Understanding and Maintaining REFCON EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies 23 User s Guide Z 18 Understanding and Maintaining REFCON Overview This topic and the sub topics describe the REFCON system it s possible components and external connections and it s settings 257 They also describe the screen pictures and functions in REFCON Monitor dealing with these subjects The descriptions are mainly meant for users taking the REFCON mainta
303. software are applications with their own user interfaces Being an application means that e a user must be logged on to have it running e you can start and stop it e you can interact directly with it Software parts on REFCON Main PC The following drawing illustrates the different parts of REFCON 6 that are or can be running on the REFCON Main PC Descriptions are found in the table below secondary PC optional REFCON Data Engine _ REFCON Supervisor System server Overviewing other database services REFCON Data Service General purpose interface Odata REFCON web server Power Line Scheduler Monitor auto Controlling power installation n unication GE Application m ei i 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS User s Guide Z The software parts are Trartrame Tye Function ponpon Data Engine Service System server The heart of the REFCON PC software database system where all container data are stored and all background activities are running Provides data for the REFCON Monitors and receives data via the PLS REFCON Integrated OData interface Part of Data Engine providing a general Data Service in Data purpose data interface see Ihe REFCON Engine Data Service and plug ins 2401 PLS Service Power Line Makes sure the Data Engine can effectively Scheduler communicate with the containers Web server Service Monitor auto On a Secondary PC all you need
304. sportation Solutions ApS 32 User s Guide Z 2 5 Container Quick Search Overview The Container Quick Search function allows you to have a specific container selected displayed quickly How to search To search for a container proceed as follows C an eon O ooon Click the lt Search The list displays all container gt element in the containers in REFCON s Top panel BCHU1865172 database CRLUI116362 CRLOU1292931 CRLUIS04457 CRLUS147660 CRLUS193236 CRLUG21714 4 ORLU 100770 CRLUS603829 CSFUO020597 CSFUS306964 2 Type a search string ar rena The list changes as you AA o SER type still showing all container IDs including the typed string As shown in the example this might very well be a string in the middle of the ID Select the desired container ata ee The list closes by e Double clicking it in the CRLUS147660 Containers list or e Using the Down and Up keys and then the Enter key The Container Details all relevant open list pictures and the optional Container Plan if open shows highlights the selected container 2 6 The REFCON Clock System Overview The REFCON Clock System provides two dates and times e UTC Universal Time previously known as GMT e LMT Local Mean Time In fact the LMT is identical to the UTC with the addition of an offset called the LMT Offset The LMT Offset is an integer number of minutes up to 12 hours note it can be up to 14 h
305. st Or Running Mode Fan reduced 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System The Container Plan EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies User s Guide 5 The Container Plan Overview The Container Plan is a system of graphical pictures showing the states of the reefer containers It can be all containers or a specified subset The Container Plan is build up of squares called Container Items Each Container Item represents one 40 container or one or two 20 containers The Container Items are organised in the picture in a way that should associate to the physical locations of the containers The picture layout is thus customised for the individual application The Container Item indicates the status of the container at that specific location by colours see Container Plan Legends 8a REFCON includes a generator import tool that can be used to create or edit the Container Plan pictures see Container Plan Generator terminal version 80 and Container Plan Generator ship version 821 The Container Plan provides two zoom levels as described below The Overview zoom level The Overview zoom level aims at supervising all containers at the ship terminal in one picture Ares 1 Araz As indicated in above example it is possible for the Container Plan designer to divide into two or more overviews in this case thr
306. st date time dialog on the REFCON Main PC LMT synchronisation warning When according to the Clock Configuration LMT is synchronised through the REFCON Data Service Main rule 2 Allow external control of LMT checked you are warned when opening the Clock Settings dialog box as follows LMT is maybe controled by an external source You should not change LMT here if however there is no external source or it stops working you MAY dick More to change As indicated the Clock Settings dialog box can not check if the external source does actually control the LMT it should do but please make sure your self Setting the time zone When the Clock Configuration does NOT read Clock can only be set externally you are able to decide the local time by selecting the time zone Local time setting On Main PEt Time zone GMT 01 00 Brussels Copenhagen Madrid Pari To change the time zone 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 38 User s Guide I 1 Select the appropriate in the drop down list 2 Select OK or Apply If the Clock Configuration main rule 1 has been selected the header of the field reads On Main PC as in above example meaning that your change will affect the Windows clock on the REFCON Main PC If the Clock Configuration main rule 2 has been selected the header of the field reads REFCON time affected only meaning that the Windows s clock is NOT affected
307. stallation using the Setup exe found on the Program installation medium 2 At some point during the installation you are asked for the Customer Disk 246 We strongly recommend that you use the Customer Disk even though you have the option of importing the license file 11 manually later 3 Having completed the installation and with REFCON running you must make sure that all settings are in place If provided on the Customer Disk you might not have to change anything at all If a medium with an exported configuration is available you might import 265 this which will overwrite the possible configuration on the Customer Disk 4 Having completed step 3 we strongly recommend that you make a backup 40 Updating an existing REFCON 6 installation Having once installed REFCON 6 as described above it is likely that you at some point of time decide to upgrade to a newer release You may know the update concept from common PC products For example Microsoft s Windows Update can be used to update your Windows and after an update everything seems to work as before that is all your data are intact and your programs work as you are used to The REFCON update is designed to work exactly the same way details are changed in the background or visible but your data are safe and essentially everything works as before All this is taken care of automatically and can be illustrated like this 2 Update program 3 Use backup On Main PC On
308. start the import or select alternative from Options menu Importing file An RDC unit is connected data are being imported please wait for a while Prepare inspection An RDC unit is connected awaiting preparation for next inspection Click the field to prepare with standard configuration or select alternative from Options menu Re prepare inspection An RDC unit is connected it has been prepared for next inspection and is awaiting your disconnection Still you have the option to overwrite the already prepared data file Being prepared An RDC unit is connected the preparation data file is being created please wait for a while Being transferred An RDC unit is connected the preparation data file is being sent to the RDC unit please wait for a while The RDC Side panel element extension Each time a primary RDC operation has completed the RDC Side panel element extension appears to the right of the RDC Side panel element itself Prepare inspection Result of ROC File Import x Total number of containers in file 69 Number of containers updated in REFCON 89 The extension disappears automatically in case of certain events for example when the RDC unit is disconnected or user selects the Options menu If none of these events occur the extension fades away after a short time You can remove it by clicking the small X button For further information use the RDC status viewer 1241 The Options Menu In
309. swer had wrong size The actually selected command or parameter is sent to the container the xxxx xxxx being replaced by the name of the operation e g Start Defrost The container has understood the request and now starts carrying out the requested operation The container has replied to a request with a telegram that has a different length than expected by the system Note This does not mean that the requested operation has failed Reply was invalid retransmitting The system had difficulties communicating with the container Transmitting telegram no 3 The system is sending telegram no 3 in the sequence Refresh operation Received reply The system received a reply to the most recent sent telegram Refresh operation No reply The system did not receive an expected reply from the container within time OK The telegram sequence planned has been carried out successfully Note that certain special messages might occur for the Change Container ID operation ns The Remote operation failure alarm As standard if when an operation fails an alarm is released The benefit is that you don t have to wait for the operation to complete consider it successful unless you get the alarm However if you do not want this alarm you can disable it in the REFCON Setup 100 dialog This is of course also where you re enable it 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g The Conta
310. swicceejsnncewcdweiecucceacencaweinsandenstonsteciconsecesteunsawhesaniaesconntantensees 32 Clock Contigur atiri semis Aaa AAE Aa AE AAAA EAEEREN RAAE EARRAN 35 Clock Se UNJ sass ane ecce a AEE E 36 1 BACKUD TREC I creser E E E E ai 39 6 Configuration GX POM IMPOM vevecsceed cicesseucircisnenevedwnnenetwticccwccmmcsacixeeseuscvennteeevenevenwancss 41 9 Selecting drive and folder on Main PC ccceecececeeceeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeecnenseeseoesneeseeeenees 44 10 The taskbar NOUTY ICOM iesesisscicimcesnnsccnecccactniesndsenascutsannsseastavendzensneanceteooewseamsuaeaeaeosuseniecan 48 Part Ill User Authentication 50 1 User Authentication in daily USE ccccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesesnsesesasasaseseeeseeeseeeeeeonenes 50 2 User Administration i ssisaecsseitesecgrwaicantnvacwascawaekmois sna nncasvaicantaxeewessaneeseacaswavansesveshetenseieseneeevenes 53 3 User Authentication Setup ysis cost estrone cutee eulnmuaead attra eierunenblededeumbawmeatineadmentarewtne 56 Part IV The Container List 58 1 Using the C ontainer LIST acacia ccctscenitemicds hate seeiceveice Ea aaa 59 2 Container List CONIA SS iscaeceaecestinceesaseseiecace ete saeeenes even tesaneseneesdeo cuanueuecensesseunecenetenseeseee 61 3 Setting up the Container List ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeoeensneeeeeeeseseseeoesnsnsesoeenenes 63 SOTO UD a FIET sorn 66 5 How to use the Filter Builder annnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn
311. t 1 REFCON clock Clock can only be You need to select this combination if the equals Main PC set externally REFCON Main PC is time synchronised via LAN Windows clock NTP or similar In any other case do not select this combination 1 REFCON clock Clock can be set You should select this combination if the equals Main PC from REFCON or REFCON Main PC is not externally time Windows clock Windows synchronised and it is important that REFCON time equals time in other applications on the REFCON Main PC We do in this case recommend that you use REFCON s Clock Setting dialog to set the date and time rather than the Windows dialog It is our experience that the latter can be a little difficult to use expediently 2 REFCON clock Either option If you want REFCON s clock to be decided by an is independent Allow external external system you need to select main rule 2 control of UTC and make sure the relevant is checked Allow and or Allow external control of UTC and or Allow external external control of control of LMT Note that you can still set the LMT checked clock manually however when a new synchro message arrives from the external system your selection is overwritten 2 REFCON clock LMT set using time You should select this combination if you want to is independent zones make sure the REFCON clock is not set unintentionally important for data logging and you do not want to use Advance and Retard
312. t 1 of the containers are in alarm it still occupies 4 of the total height Dynamic list entry position As the starting point the container list entry text is centred vertically in relation to the corresponding coloured area 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 28 User s Guide Z Modem Available 111 2 3 The minimum text height is however greater than the minimum area height This means that in case of small amounts the two are displaced Alarms 11 E Modem Missing 43 Modem Available 60 Obsolete 7 mio lf you are in doubt what text belongs to what coloured area move the mouse cursor over the text This makes a border show up at the related area Alarms 11 Se Modem Missing 43 Modem Available 60 Obsolete 7 w oot te Opening a related list Each coloured area except the green ones have dedicated list pictures attached e For the alarm area the Container Alarm Summary 891 e For other areas specific Container Lists 58 To open a list e click the text or the split screen symboli 23 or e click the coloured area The Mini status window Overview When designing the Mini status window we thought of the situation that you are not working at the REFCON PC but you are from time to another present in the room where it is situated By having the Mini status window open you can take just a short look from the distance and see if everythin
313. t a new FMM reading Not configured in the User s couple of hours from 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Four pole monitoring 201 Hold down the Ctrl button on the keyboard and click the You should now replaced FMM in the list reading the Device ID formed by the have the two units ID you noted in step 2 highlighted Note that the replaced unit might still be online because it can take a few hours for REFCON to detect offline Right click either of the two highlighted rows and select the second option in the Shortcut menu LPL TUFTS Lf OOU 0028 28 FMM28 988N129 Nol 00259 29 FMM29 98 Change User s Description 30 FMM 30 96 MEE 31 FMM31 9fom m narar a Y mem m ee Lae ene You get a warning To proceed answer Yes You should now see that the Not configured unit disappears from the list and from the System Devices list and that the replaced unit has got the new Device ID Exchanging plugs It may happen that a location configured for a plug does not match the location stated on the four pole cable You would then normally have at least two plugs with such mismatch There can be many reasons but the point is that easiest way to solve it may be to change the four pole configuration You do this by exchanging the locations of two plugs You may have to repeat this if the problem is more complex Proceed as follows se an l et 1 Open the Four
314. t chosen alarms in the list 1 Click one of the alarms to be acknowledged 2 Keep the Ctrl button pressed and click each of the other alarms to be acknowledged To select all alarms in the list 1 Click any alarm to have the Alarm Summary in focus 2 Select the keyboard combination Ctrl A De acknowledging an alarm An alarm that once has been acknowledged can be de acknowledged from the Alarm Summary as follows 1 Click the specific alarm of interest so that the row gets highlighted Note that if you select a container or device with more alarms you are warned in step 2 that de acknowledgement is not possible for a set of alarms 2 Right click the alarm and choose De acknowledge alarm 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 92 User s Guide Z De acknowledgement means that alarm flashing and other Alarm propagation 921 is restarted but the original time of the alarm is not changed Sorting the alarms When opened the Alarm Summary always includes all alarms and it is always sorted chronologically the newest alarm in each section being shown first It is possible to change the sorting however the change will be temporary as it can not be saved Changing the sorting is done exactly like in the Container List please refer to Selecting the sorting order of the containers 6d and Selecting a sorting filter 601 Column specifications The Alarm Summary includes the columns described b
315. t this will never make any change in the container controller the message is only used to change the ID in the REFCON database and it only works for containers that did never communicate on the power lines When received the message is treated as follows Change Container ID _ message received Ignore the message Is old ID known to REFCON Give ID not found event Is ita no modem container 7 Give ID cannot be changed event Yes Merge the two data records using new ID new ID known Yes to REFCON T No Change ID of existing record 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The Planning System Communication Interface 177 Request for Reefer Monitor message does not work The Request for Reefer Monitor Data message is sent from the Planning System to REFCON one message for each container REFCON is expected to respond with the Reefer Monitor message The message is treated as follows Reeter Montor Reguest message received ID known to REFCON 4 Ignore the message Return Reefer Monitor message 12 3 Planning System Interface Live Monitor Overview The Planning System Interface Live Monitor is found under the Planning System Monitor tab of the Planning System Interface Information dialog available from the options menul 1701 Planning Syste
316. ta for a number of reefer containers Each line in the Container List represents one container having the container s data shown in columns Because of the limited length of a line only a smaller selection of the possible columns is displayed Note that measurements appear with a limited accuracy na A list can either show all containers in REFCON s database or it can have a filter applied that makes a subset shown The idea is that you work with a number of Container List versions using at any time the one that is the most appropriate for your working duty Each version has a unique combination of columns and a unique filter and thereby shows a specific part of the information available for each container and a specified subset of the containers We encourage you to make your own lists as described in Setting up the Container List 62 Standard lists Pre defined lists and User defined lists In REFCON you operate with three categories of Container Lists e Standard lists that occur in the Side panel and the menu in fixed positions and with fixed names and settings e Pre defined lists that you can install 631 and use if you wish e User defined lists that are created and designed by you or your colleagues Having installed a pre defined list it works exactly like a user defined list This is the whole idea To make it easy for you to create your own lists Colour codes within data fields The individual fields of the Cont
317. table Three stylistic pictures can be found 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS g The Container Details 107 The controller type is detected and data was received but your version of REFCON was not prepared for this type or it does not include a specific picture This picture is shown in the following situations e The container has not yet started communicating but it is known to have had a modem due to the Global Monitoring Server The container has logged in on the Power Cable Transmission but it has not yet been type detected Normally this is a temporary state but if the there is an error on the container like modem not connected to controller it will be permanent The controller type is detected but your version of REFCON was not prepared for this type or it does not include a specific picture Data was not yet received The container has not yet started communicating and it is not known to have a modem due to the Global Monitoring Server Using the tabs The Container Details consists of a number of sub pages You open a sub page by clicking it s tab Sub page tabs SUDU6173635 Summary Alarms 0 Operations Data Events Communication Location 351256 Setpoints click one to change Commands Historic Log Temperatures in C LMT UTC 09 C refresh non 03t6 Tme Temp SP Exp Temp 5 Supply Retur The individual sub pages are
318. tainer PlanI 83 D Optionally edit the result 84 Invoking the Container Plan Generator To open the Container Plan Generator select Create Container Plan from the Settings menu The following dialog box opens Container Plan Generator This generator can produce a new The generator is designed For ships where the containers are organised strictly Container Plan From a Baplie File according to the 50 9711 1 1990 standard however it also handles certain exceptions From this Please examine the result iF you have such exceptions File selection Select the desired Baplie File Browse Include positions For dry reefers Result Status no action yet 1 Type or paste the full path and filename into the textbox or use the Browse function to locate it Follow the result in the Result Status area see below 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container Plan os 2 You may before or after step 1 select deselect the option Include positions for dry reefers Many users would find the Container Plan more clear when dry reefers are left out Viewing the result As soon as you have entered a valid Baplie file path and name in the above step 1 the Generator immediately starts calculating the Container Plan This normally lasts just a few seconds Having completed you can watch the result in the Result Status area of the dialog box In case of success t
319. ted at the lower right of the REFCON Monitor g RECON SUDUG6173635 Summary Alarms 0 Operations Data Events Communication Location 381286 Setpaints click one bo change Commands Historic Log Temperaturesin C UT UTE r pane ats at Temperature 0 0 i Refresh now ate Time Temp SP Exp Temp SP Supply Return i Current 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 Thermo King MF 3000 SS OB 06 14 06 00 0 5 0 0 0 10 0 1 Defrost 07 00 0 5 00 00 d 05 00 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 Pe ex Alm 05 00 0 5 no 00 a Disch Port Special O00 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 eee 03 00 0 5 o0 oO Di meaa 02 00 0 5 00 00 di Ninn n mn mi mh 4 RDC Note ea Container Connection Types It is expedient to have the following connection types in mind 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B The Container Details 105 REFCON Planning system Additional information about the container q PCT PCT a i N Manufacturer N el specific ks Known type x ISO Container Unknown type States and measured inputs manually collected PCT running the basic ISO 10368 1992 E protocol transferring a certain minimum of information PCT running an extended ISO 10368 1992 E protocol transferring all available information depending on the controller type For all connection types there can be additional information available from the Planning System Note that in the Container Detai
320. ted rules In the REFCON Setup 10 you find the rule settings Strictness Location requirements Consider a not readable temperature setpoint a 19 Reject File if any error 1 Accept if not empty Dry reefer Reject any record with error Accept any location 1 Bad record Read all meaningful Record to ignore Container with unknown expected setpoint How these rules apply is explained below Requirements to the single container record Any Planning data file is a list of containers For each container there is a set of data this is what we call a container record A specific container record can be in one and only one of the following states e OK The container ID is OK and all required data fields are found and fulfill the conditions 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Planning data import 159 o Sate Description O Partly OK The container ID is OK and at least one other required data field is OK but other required fields are not Bad A record is considered Bad in any of the following cases e he record is wrong format The container ID is missing or incorrect None of the required data fields are OK The temperature setpoint is not readable and the Bad record rule option has been chosen Useless Like state OK but the temperature setpoint is not readable and the Record to ignore rule option has been chosen The following data fields are or can be required Container I
321. temeces 138 Part X Data Transfer for Global Monitoring 144 DW GINS SGUD ese desses sores seceeancece tere RRE AE are AREER 145 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I Contents 2 2 Transferring data automatically using your OWN tool ssssssssnsnunnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 3 Transierrng d ta Manually scssisnsieiiiia EEA E ESA 148 4 Trouble shooting the GMS connection s ssssasssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 150 Part XI Planning data import 152 1 The Planning data element in the Side panel cccccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 154 2 Planning data file transfer settings ccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneaseeeesneaseeeesneeeesoesneaes 156 3 File reading FUNC Sacsan coasweaewasenaacunasencswencaseatacsenteac 158 4 Manual Planning data file transfer ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesneaeeesesneaseeseenseeeseesnsaes 160 5 Planning data file transfer information cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeesnsaeeeeesnsaeeeeeneaes 161 60 CSV Torma CU seerne E 165 Part XII The Planning System Communication Interface 170 1 Planning System Interface Setup cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeesesenseseeeseesnsesonsesonseeonsasensnees 172 2 Trouble shooting the interface cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeesneeseeeesnsaeeeoesneaseeeeensaeeeeeeneaes 174 3 Planning System Interface Live Monitor ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
322. test import 4 Last RDC data import 16hoursago by John Tabs Status latest Import Status latest Preparation Result of latest import gt __ Latest import was completed with warnings Time of latest import RDC data imported at 16 03 2010 15 07 34 16 hours ago Statistics Description statistics of latest import Total number of containers in file Number of containers updated in REFCON _Number of changed containers that were not or only partly updated in REFCON Problem report Details explanations about not _ Container ID Reason File extract updated containers if any BMOUSO09926 Container was deleted BMOU 9009926 241112 7 4 50 48 60 5 With the Status latest Preparation tab open the viewer looks like this RDC Status ma RDC is connected Awaiting users preparation for inspection Same as above Last RDC data import 16 hours ago by John Result of latest preparation E Latest preparation was successful 483 containers were sent to RDC Time and responsible of latest preparation RDC prepared for inspection at 17 03 2010 07 36 16 by John Used filter Filter used for latest preparation Decided by Cold treatment Used walk route Walk route used for latest preparation Sorted alphabetically by ID Click to show latest preparation list Show list of containers Note The Used filter is a description of the selections done in the RDC Preparation Selection 1871 dialog In the above ex
323. that you can only select a folder on a harddisk situated in the REFCON Main PC fixed drive not on an external disk or a network drive Please be aware that when changing the folder all the existing log files are moved from the old folder to the new one unless you deselect this If you selected another drive this file removal might take quite some time Apart from this it takes place in the background and REFCON keeps working so you probably should not worry Deciding the new cargo limit Regarding the second bullet in above philosophy you select the limit in the field labelled Whenever a container shows up after at least The maximum is 14 days Deciding the archiving duration Regarding the fourth bullet in above philosophy you select the archiving duration in the field labelled Keep container history for The maximum is 120 months If the harddisk is small you should minimise the duration 9 1 Periodic logging Overview Being independent units most reefer containers do their own data logging What exactly is logged depends on the controller type but typically events are logged as they occur and temperatures and other measurements are logged periodically What makes the containers own logging a little inconvenient is that it takes some manual work and some time to retrieve it It might therefore be helpful for you to use one of the supplementary logging options One option is to take advantage of the Global Monitorin
324. the container command section is included The order of the sections is always the same For example the container command section always comes first if included because it is expected to be most frequently used Within each section commands have been selected according to the following guidelines e commands that are expectedly used frequently are included e commands that are considered important in the context are included e rarely used commands of secondary importance are excluded The order of the commands within a section is always the same Commands that are irrelevant at the moment are disabled that is they are greyed but still visible thus keeping the uniformity of the menu 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS I The REFCON Monitor 31 The exception is commands that relate to an option such commands are included only if the option is activated in the specific REFCON system Illustrative example If you right click a container the Shortcut menu will include a section with container relevant commands see below This section is exactly the same no matter where you select the container The Container Command section This Shortcut menu section includes a number of commands relevant to the appointed container or containers The always included commands are Refresh now Update all live data for this See Container Commands 13 container via PCT as soon as possible Delete cont
325. the email Note that many mail servers pay restrictions to the From domain string after in order to avoid spam mails The string before the is automatically created based on the installation namel 11 Having completed and applied the settings you may select Send Test Email to check that 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Data Transfer for Global Monitoring your data work GMS alarm settings In the Alarm Options tabfio0 in the REFCON Setupl2s dialog box you can enable the alarm when GMS file sending stops to help you remember to do the manual data transfer or to keep an eye that your automatic solution is working 10 2 Transferring data automatically using your own tool Overview Data transfer to GMS takes place by attaching files to emails You may find the information below useful to trouble shoot or establish an automatic connection Maybe you would show it to the IT responsible Principle sketch The involved elements and responsibilities can be sketched as follows Emerson s responsibility OO Customer s your responsibility Global Monitoring Server Shared Folder GMSlogif REFCON Main PC facts You would need to know the following data about REFCON The data shown in the table are the settings used as standard however they might differ in your specific case so you need to check the REFCON Main PC pcO1refcon Can be changed by customer IP addres
326. the so called balloon shows up as indicated in the above figure showing the alarm count You may click the X button to remove the balloon The notify icon menu Right click the notify icon to have the menu displayed Open Monitor View Alarms Exit Help tor In the menu select e Open Monitor to have the REFCON Monitor displayed View Alarms to have the REFCON Monitor displayed with Alarm Summary open J e Exit to close the REFCON Monitor and remove the notify icon e Help to display this page in the Online help 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS REFCON 6 Reefer Container Monitoring System User Authentication EMERSON Transportation Solutions Climate Technologies so User s Guide Z 3 User Authentication Overview User Authentication is the name of REFCON s security system Experience has shown that different customers and users have different views on security Some customers find it needless while others want a high security level As shown in the following REFCON s User Authentication system can be set up to fit any of these viewpoints As the starting point the following description covers the standard level of security Purpose of User Authentication The purpose of User Authentication is to e prevent unauthorized people from changing data e make it possible to log which operator made the change and e prevent data from being changed by mistake
327. ting the click will walk through the options Other hints Clicking an addition symbol adds a condition to the current node Clicking a deletion symbol removes the condition Examples The following figure shows an example of how you can define a subset of locations area 005R stack 23 or area 011R level B i Filter Builder X 011R246 MWwCUS640114 0 Heat max T O11R226 MWCUSFOST FO 0 5 Alarm shutdown oO i Location Begins with 005R OOSR23A MWCLIB1S3291 0 Heat reduced o i Location Contains 23 OOSR23C MWCUB230768 o Heat reduced 005R23B MWCUG281282 0 5 Fan reduced Location Begins with 0118 O11R236 FPONU2855289 0 5 Heat max o Location Ends with B O11R216 PONU2878393 0 5 Fan reduced o cancel apply e x Location Like OOSR And Location Like 23 Or Location Like 011 And Location Like E The following figure shows how you can combine certain locations and other parameters it must be a special reefer located in area 005R with running mode either defrost or fan reduced 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS The Container List Standard Info E Filter Builder CRLUI292931 Location Begins with 005R MYC UBB6 1151 Defrost a Special Equals Checked MW CUIB281 262 3 ft or O Running Mode Equals Defrost Running Mode Equals Fan reduced x Location Like 00SR 4nd Special Checked And Running Mode Defro
328. tion Your REFCON system includes a specific number of four pole monitoring stations In each Station you find one FMM On each FMM a specific number 1 10 of plugs are in use Each plug is attached to one specific container location meaning that when the cable in that plug is connected to some container it is presupposed that this container is situated at that exact location All this is defined in the four pole configuration being stored in a file named Location dat on the REFCON Main PC Please do never make any changes directly to this file The four pole configuration specifies all the stations First of all each station has a unique number from 1 to N N being the number of stations Additionally each station refers to an FMM ID and a list of plug specifications FMMs in the System Devices list Each FMM occurs as a single line in the System Devices 2541 list It appears as follows Column header Explanation abbreviation Device Example FMM001 the digits indicating the number of the station in the four pole configuration User s Description The free text description of the station changeable Indicates if the FMM is currently online Indicates the software version running in the FMM if known 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z Four pole monitoring 199 Column header Explanation abbreviation Hardware lf the FMM has not started communicating you will see the static text
329. to change the order that the bands and columns appear Dragging means 1 Point to the header and press and keep the left mouse button 2 While the left mouse button is pressed move the mouse cursor to another header and release the button While dragging you will observe a black rectangular frame within the appointed header The frame is just visible for a short while It appears in either of the ends of the header e lf at the left end the moved band or column will be placed left to the appointed column e lf at the right end the moved band or column will be placed right to the appointed column You will notice that you can t move a column outside it s band Selecting the columns You add or remove bands or columns from the Container List version as follows 1 Right click anywhere inside the Container List window and select Add Remove Columns from the menu Result A small box named Add Remove Columns appears in the lower right corner of the Container List window The box has two tab s named Columns and Bands Under each tab there will normally be a number of column and band headers respectively To add a band locate it in the Add Remove Columns box under the Bands tab and drag it up upon the existing band header where you want it to be placed See also Selecting the order of the columns 641 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The Container List 6s Qh Co
330. to install installation the REFCON Monitor is entering the link to the Web server into a browser The Web server then provides all that is needed to install the REFCON Monitor in Microsoft terminology ClickOnce Supervisor Service Keeping eye on Does nothing but watch and take care of above services that all required services are continuously running REFCON Application Controlling above Described in The REFCON Manager 2601 Manager services REFCON Application REFCON s primary See REFCON Monitorl 201 and many other Monitor user interface topics in the manual Special notes about the Main PC Please be aware of the following points regarding the REFCON Main PC e We recommend that the Main PC is exclusively used for running REFCON because this is a demanding and time critical application that could be disturbed by running other programs on the PC In contrary you are free to use possible Secondary PCs for other purposes e The Main PC must be running 24 hours every day unless you for a period has no reefer containers at all It must therefore never be powered off shut down hibernated or turned stand by e Even if you set the power options on the Main PC to turn stand by after some time of inactivity you will see that it does not This is because the Data Engine service works to Windows just as if a user were active 18 3 The REFCON Data Service and plug ins Overview As illustrated in Software parts on REFCON Main PCl
331. to the containers that are not otherwise automatically monitored Note that it is important that you use the correct cable for the specific container matching the location Having plugged in the container will start being four pole monitored after some time Note however that if all three signals are Off REFCON is not able to detect the container If when later a signal gets On the detection will occur Planned and unplanned four pole containers When a four pole cable is plugged in REFCON checks if it has information about a container on that location from the planning system in advance If so it is called a planned four pole container and it will occur in the REFCON Monitor with the container ID stated in the planning data lf the location is not found in planning data it is called an unplanned container In such case REFCON does not know the real container ID It is therefore given a pseudo container ID Starting with the letters FPMC for Four Pole Monitored Container followed by the location In the case that the location is shorter than 7 characters one or more additional figures 9 are added For example an unplanned container at location 020182 will get the ID FPMC0201829 lf later planning data arrives defining that specific location the pseudo container ID is replaced by the real ID within a short time Settings and alarms related to four pole monitoring You can control the four pole related alarms from
332. tor by having the symbol appended to it s location For example if the location is 140184 it now reads 140184 on the screen It does no longer appear in the Container Plan but keeps available in Container Lists and the Container Details A delete candidate is automatically deleted as soon as it meets the delete conditions The delete conditions are that the container must be off line that is it is no longer communicating or has never been and it must not have any unacknowledged alarms In other words if a container is online or has one or more unacknowledged alarms at the moment the Planning data file is read it s deletion is postponed and it stays in the database 11 1 The Planning data element in the Side panel Overview Lower left in the REFCON Monitor you find the Planning data element Auto or Manual Planning System icon Options menu The Arrow indicator Age of last read file or message In general the element e indicates the overall Planning System interface setting e indicates the Planning data import status e gives access to a number of options Note that if the optional Planning System Communication Interface is enabled or similar the element can occur slightly different than described below Please refer to the respective parts of the manual 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Planning data import 155 The Arrow indicator The Arrow occurs as follows
333. ts differ list 5 CVLU6883565 Summary Alarms 0 Operations Nate my Minimise icture Selec Special reefers 5 Setpoints click one to change Commands Historic Log Temperaturesin C MM UTC i Temperature 00 C pe Date Time Temp SP Exp Temp SP Supply Retur Current meaning actual 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 Defrost 2012 05 24 17 59 0 5 0 0 00 0 1 Add 3 Container List a DA S A Container 15 59 0 5 0 0 00 0 1 Detail User Alarm 14 59 0 5 0 0 00 0 1 etalls BR6D3 FRLEH Eo Place of deliver Data import PCT indicator g Last PONU2892396 The various parts of the base picture are described in the following The Caption bar The Caption bar identifies the application and includes the three standard buttons Minimises hides the REFCON Monitor To re open it click the REFCON Monitor item in Windows taskbar normally bottommost on the screen The first button maximises the REFCON Monitor making it occupy the entire screen When so you can use the second button to restore the REFCON Monitor to only occupy a part of the screen thus making it possible to work in more applications at the same time Closes the REFCON Monitor You are asked for confirmation Note that unless it is maximised you can e resize the REFCON Monitor window by dragging any of it s edges or corners e move the REFCON Monitor by dragging the Caption bar The Menu bar The ac
334. tual menu will depend on the context Feel comfortable to investigate the menu by clicking around The Top panel At the top of the REFCON Monitor below the Menu the Top panel is utilising the Container Quick Searchl s function the current userl 50 if User Authentication 50 is enabled the handling model 94 ships only the current time and the product logo In rare special cases more information may occur Click the current time field to e decide whether to display the LMT time or the UTC time when the REFCON Monitor starts it always shows LMT e set the clock 3 See The REFCON Clock System 32 for further information 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS Z The REFCON Monitor 23 The Side panel The Side panel being the wide dark blue ribbon to the left includes overall information and commands for your daily use From top to bottom the included items are The Performance Barl 281 The System alarms indicator which is visible only if there is any system alarm The optional Container Plan 78 entry The Container Lists being described in Container Listl 58 The Events 138 entry The Planning System data import element being related to Planning data import 152 and to the optional Planning System Communication Interfacel 170 The optional RDC element e The PCT indicator Normally it shows the ID of the container that right now communicates on the PCT Power Cable T
335. u find a little information necessary to establish the Local Area Network connection between the Planning System and REFCON REFCON is running under Microsoft Windows and is supporting all communication protocols that Windows is supporting As network driver Microsoft s TCP IP is used This means that it is not important which operating system the Planning System is using as long as it can exchange data using TCP IP and supports file sharing with the Windows version of the REFCON Main PC The communication hardware is standard Ethernet 11 3 File reading rules Overview The ideal situation is that all Planning data files are error free that is the Planning System produces files that are always fully readable by REFCON Though this ideal situation is also the real situation in many cases experience has shown that there are often errors in the files An error could for instance be caused by a simple typing error in the Planning System or in the manifest imported to the Planning System Further REFCON supports a number of file formats including the customised CSV formatl 11 On the Planning System side it must be decided once for all or repeated which format to use REFCON automatically detects the format which in case of errors can be difficult or even impossible In the following it is explained how REFCON handles file errors The handling is based on a set of rules Some of these rules are selected by the user User selec
336. u take action as soon as possible because e your cargo might be at risk e the remedy will surely improve your monitoring performance and e it should be practicable See also Possible loss of power alarm 951 and Alarms for missing or wrong IDI 97 Modem not connected to controller Should this alarm occur please follow the remedy procedure described in Symptom No Data from Container 2231 Container ID is wrong or Planning Data missing Should this alarm occur please follow the remedy procedure described in Symptom No Location Wrong or No ID in Controller Ghost 21a Note If the wrong ID alarml 9A is not enabled we recommend that you regularly check the Modem remedy list 223 Container ID is missing Should this alarm occur please follow the remedy procedure described in Symptom No Location Wrong or No ID in Controller Ghost 21a WARNING Possible loss of power Should this alarm occur please follow the remedy procedure described in Symptom Stopped Communicating 224 Note If the Possible loss of power alarm 95 is not enabled we recommend that you regularly check the Performance Bar 25 If there are any obsolete containers indicated by orange colour you should carefully check the Obsolete list e f you are using the optional RDC and obsoletion is due to a delayed RDC inspection round please make sure this is completed as soon as practicable e Otherwise for each container please follow
337. uest immediately to this container s controller As a result all live data on this specific container should be updated within a short time After this you find one or more Operations buttons Defrost in above example that is commands applying directly to the container controller Only the most frequently used commands are included here other commands may be available on the Sub page Operations 118 Note that the Operations buttons are not available if remote operations are not enabled in your licensel 17 If the operation is not supported by the container controller the button is greyed Below the Operations buttons the following command buttons are found User Alarm You can use this command to have an alarm released on this container with an alarm text you decide please refer to User generated alarms 92 Also if you have generated an alarm via the optional RDC you can use this command to remove it if desired Special lf the container is not marked Special reefer this button appears normal otherwise it appears pressed down See Special reefers 94 Delete See Container Shortcut menul 3 Trend This button opens the Container Trendl 141 window displaying data for the actual container The Historic Log Rightmost in the Summary sub page the Historic Log is found It combines the most recent readings in the first row and periodically logged data in the succeeding rows At the moment a new periodic logg
338. ump to Manual inspection 2221 below 2 Look in the Container Plan Walk through the Bays Stacks one by one 3 In each Bay Stack look up the Container Details for at least 10 communicating containers green positions click the Communication tab and write down the CurMasterNet and the CurMasterNode numbers 4 Are the master numbers different in one Bay Stack If so the RMM Master number is useless please jump to Manual inspection 22 below 5 Having walked through all Bays Stacks do you see a clear correlation between Bay Stack numbers and RMM Master numbers one master may cover more than one Bay Stack If so the RMM Master number can be useful please keep your notes for future use lf the above test is successful in your REFCON system you might open the Container Details for the Ghost and click the Communication tab Notice the CurMasterNet and the CurMasterNode numbers From your notes written above you should now be able to decide in 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 222 User s Guide Z which Bay s Stack s to look for the Ghost Manual inspection Eventually you have a number of white positions that can be your ghost Now you have to manually inspect the containers It is a great advantage to be two with walkie talkies one at the REFCON PC and one at the container For each suspected container try using the exclusion method lf you Know the controller ty
339. unication Interface 173 Preparing the Planning System The Planning System must be prepared for this interface The separate Planning System Interface Programmers Guide describes how to do this preparation The Guide is available on www myREFCON com but it requires a password that can be requested through the email address shown under Contact Information a Communication setup These three settings are vital to make the communication work Protocol What protocol version to select is normally agreed between the parties when version the REFCON system was planned V1_6 is the newest protocol If a wrong protocol is selected here the Planning System and REFCON is likely to misunderstand the data from each other My IP address Here you would normally select All available however if there is more than one LAN card internally or externally in the REFCON Main PC it might be preferred to select a specific card My Port The Port number is agreed between the parties If the selected Port number number does not match the number used by the Planning System the communication will not work Timer based data transmission The Reefer Monitor message is automatically sent in case of a new alarm but not in any other case such as measured data changing If you want such data periodically updated in the Planning System check Use timer based transmission of reefer data and select the parameters Fixed time of Here you select when to
340. unning but it s user interface may be hidden e That user and thereby the REFCON Manager has access to the internet e Updating is enabled in the license filel 1 and is not expired e You have enabled automatic update checking as shown below Starting point Checking for update The Update tab of the REFCON Manager normally appears very much like this Check to enable automatic aris i wi check for updates Refcon Manaser M S Martha IMO IMO345743 EBI pls E ee Supervisi Administration Remote Montor Configuration Updates connected to the internet a Click if you do not want to wait for next auto check or did not enable this Update status Click if you did receive update files on CD or similar Online updating expires 31 december 2010 P Status REFCON is up to date Possible expiry date of free HE updating defined by License Status of last updating action Up to date means that no newer software version has been detected As long as Enable automatic update checking is checked the REFCON Manager will attempt to check for updates on the internet a few times a day Any time you see the Status REFCON is up to date you know that the check was carried out all right and that it found no newer software If there was no connection to the internet or to the updating server you can read an error message the REFCON Manager will simply try again a few hours later If an update was detected things happen as des
341. unning on the REFCON Main PC only It provides a number of tools for controlling and maintaining the entire REFCON software package installed and running on the REFCON Main PC and the optional REFCON Monitor PCs When do you use the REFCON Manager First of all When REFCON runs perfectly well you do normally not worry about the REFCON Manager at all It does not even have to run You must or can use the REFCON in the following cases Typical situation s situation s What to do oe License file You purchased extended Import the License filel 25 functionality New Container Plan Maybe you had Emerson Climate Import the Container Plan Technologies create a new design rnd Import Configuration e You need your REFCON to work Import configuration 2 exactly like a specific other REFCON system from which you received an exported configuration Emerson Climate Technologies did organise your configuration in advance Install software updates A new version of REFCON 6 was _ See how to check for detected automatically requires updates and how to install Internet connection in Updates 207 e You received an update package Restore backup data You performed a re installation of Use the Restore functionl z5 REFCON 6 Back up data e You changed your settings Use Backup command e You regard log files valuable and from REFCON Monitor 39 therefore make back up regularly or from REFCON Manager 264 Prep
342. will see that the content is dynamic as items get visible invisible or enabled disabled according to your selections Here is an example of a completed job definition 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 126 User s Guide Z gA Create new print export job cp Enter a unique job title Daily morning report Select the Container List Morning report list Select the job target type Xis Select file naming method Selected fixed F Selected yymmddN Select file folder C Reports Select file name Morning report yymmddN Xis Select timing type Once Recurring limited Recurring unlimited Select job start date 2011 05 14 and time 07 00 LMT Select job end date and time UTC Select time interval 24 hours 0 minutes Test now Cancel All the possible fields and selections are described below When you have entered or changed data you can at any time select the Cancel button to discard your changes Probably you would rather select the Test now or the OK button In both cases the selected data are validated If not valid you are warned and informed about what is wrong Assuming valid data e Test now runs the job as if it was decided to run now that is the selected list is immediately printed or exported Note that the operation can take some time When finished you are informed about the result however of course you would normally check the produce
343. ws down the detection of containers loosing power The optimal delay for your system depends on the quality of communication on your particular site If communication quality is always good you may choose a short delay eg 90 minutes otherwise a longer delay should be chosen You may have to experiment a bit to find the optimal value for your particular system 6 7 Alarms for missing or wrong ID Overview It happens that a container has a mismatch between the ID painted on the box and the ID used by the power cable modem Wrong ID Missing ID 9 Stored in Controller l 9 Invented by and stored Painted on the box H or modem Painted on the box H in Controller or modem SOMU125456 7 A wrong ID typically could occur because the controller has been exchanged taken from another container and was not re programmed A missing ID would occur if a new controller did never have any ID programmed In this case it uses a factory ID starting with RMMU LOSU LANG RAND or MCID How the Missing ID alarm works When a container is connected to the power cable transmission system it runs through two steps 1 It logs in This is in fact just communication between REFCON and the modem on the 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 98 User s Guide iS container 2 The controller is type detected implying that communication is now established the whole way through There can be several
344. xists in the same folder it is indicated in the Last read file field You can in this case simply select the Read now button to re read it immediately If no such file exists or you want to read another file select the Browse and Read button and use the standard Windows file open dialog box to locate the file on the harddisk of the PC you are working at a USB key or on the network Having selected the file the file import immediately starts You will see the import progress being indicated in the The Planning data element in the Side panel is 11 5 Planning data file transfer information Overview You can at any time select the Info command from the options menul 155 or the REFCON Setup 158 to watch the result of the latest Planning data file import 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS 162 User s Guide Z Planning System Interface Information Status Automatic import enabled Last imported file C import B aplie edi Last import at 2012 06 21 12 27 UTC Status of Imported 552 Updated last import Delete candidates 496 Rejected due to error Not imported 0 Dry reefers included Stictness Location requirements Consider a not readable temperature setpoint a O Reject File iF any error C Accept iF not empt Dry reefer t pt pty t Used File Reject any record with error Accept any location C Bad record readin g Read all meaningful Record to ignore rules Container with
345. xp SP 7 0 SC Act SP 7 0 C Supply 6 7 C Retum 6 6 C You will recognize the second line in the Tooltip as the container ID In case of one or more alarms on a container these are listed in the Tooltip Note that measurements appear with a limited accuracy 1141 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS so User s Guide Z 95 1 5 2 5 3 Using the Container Plan Opening the Container Plan To open the Container Plan click the item in the Side panel en Container Plan Operating the selected container By right clicking a container you will have the Shortcut menu displayed Please refer to The Container Command section of the Shortcut menul 31 for details Zooming the Container Plan You can change between the Overview zoom levell 78 and the Detail zoom levell 791 in two ways e Use the scroll wheel on the mouse If at Overview level select a Detail section first click it to have the yellow frame shown e Double click at Overview level in the Detail section of interest at Detail level just somewhere within the Container Plan picture Container Plan Legends Overview The Container Item being the square representing one container indicates the status of the container by colour and simple symbols see Legends 80 Legends The Container Item provides a set of general legends 108 The following table specifies the possible additional colour indications and symbols in t
346. y assuming that the command actually went well Just like the resoonse Ok situation REFCON proceeds by checking if the new ID has shown up How to change the ID To change an ID proceed as follows 1 Select the container going to have a new ID Make absolutely sure that it is the right one shown in the Container Details 2 Click the command button and then enter the new ID Be absolutely sure that you type the correct 4 letters and 7 digits Then select OK What happens when changing the ID After this things proceed as a standard remote operation 108 however with some extensions 1 When REFCON receives the OK message from the container still using o d D or when it gets the no response time out it expects the container to start communicating by the new ID within less than a minute 2 REFCON waits for a while and then tries to contact the container using new ID If this fails it tries again a few times 3 When and if the OK message is received from the container using the new ID a new record is created in REFCON s database with the new ID as key All data except log files are moved from the record with the old ID to the new record Then the record with the old ID is deleted 4 The Refresh nowl A command is initiated to make sure that the new record is up to date Unwanted situations In case of any fault or time out during this process steps 1 3 you end up in an unwanted situation that can probably be de
347. y change the word s within the quotes however keep them short ff A line starting with defines an area like this example though without comment s if rr4pea East Eastern quay ff that is the word area oraa by oe a very short name for the area max 4 characters used in left column on RDC oe a longer but still quite short name for the area used in RDC caption fe Most lines define locations Each such line must contain one complete location string fe and nothing else Every single location defined in your Container Plan must be found oe Do not includa a location a is not in the Container Plan Locations are not allowed ce to be duplicated Any location belongs to the last area defined above it in the file ff You may add a new area by inserting a line where appropriate f f o You may remove an area by deleting the line All locations in that area will then ff relate to the previous area Bo not delete the very first area oe YOU may MOVE locations using cut and paste we recommend that you never type in or edit Jocation strings and you never delete location strings Always paste immediately after cut area is called singular Area 4area is called plural Areas Subarea is called short Location Subarea is called Jong Location rrAre a East Eastern quay The first about 25 lines are comments defined by the e The first line describes the file You could choose to ed
348. you deciding what is wrong Here the included statistics might be helpful Opening the System Devices List The System Devices List is available from the Settings menu under the Views entry REFLON Setup System Devices te Container Plan Digital 1 5 PLT communication statistics The System Devices List window In the System Devices List you find one line for each unit System Devices e Main PC s RS 232 port Danbuss Serial Port Alaced in junction room 127 0 0 1 por 12002 RS2LAN Alaced in junction room Mk E 01070300 F 03050212 Flash Rmmbhlaster bik 0 gt Aaced at swbd 14 Mk E 0 1070300 F 030502 12 Flash RomMasterMEIY o m STAGINGSERVER 10 6 REFCON Main PC Staging REFCON Monitor PC m CSTfSWwea yrs 10 63 139 Container Office PC felundh REFCON Monitor PC emove offline devices eset statistics andard view atistics View a F ffline devi Reset statisti Standard O Statist O Both As shown in the lower right corner this is the Standard view If you in stead select the Statistics view the included columns change System Devices e i m COM1 Main PC s RS 232 port o i m RS2LAN Net 22 Aaced in junction room 3 m RMM Master 22 15 Aaced in junction room 0 gt 155 rg O 0 Ho data Ho data Wo data 0 0 0 0 aa RMM Master 22 19 Aaced at swbd 14 yee 185 1419 0 0 No data Ho data Wo data 0 0 0 0 m STAGINGSERVER 10 REFCON Main PC St m CSTfowe 6 10 63 13 Containe
349. ystem Alarms 1 Normal starting point Seen if Ideal situation All containers A vital system device or you have no reefer containers are monitored satisfactory external interface has at all for the present and none of them are in reported error REFCON does alarm There might be a therefore not have fully lighter green area as you may updated data and can use the optional RDC to therefore not show a reliable obtain this situation Performance Bar You must remidy the problem as soon as possible How the Performance Bar works REFCON counts the containers periodically with a certain time interval which means that the updating of the Performance Bar can be slightly delayed When counting REFCON checks the monitoring status for each individual container If the container does not communicate by power line REFCON checks if data for the specific container are found on the Global Monitoring Server GMS e f not so unknown on GMS or GMS reports that it never communicated the container is counted in the group named Modem missing e lf the container is Known on the GMS and it has been communicating by power line on any ship or terminal the container is counted in the group named Modem available We recommend that user attempts to repair the modems on these containers The check on the GMS actually is a check in a file found on the harddisk of the REFCON Main PC This file was extracted from the GMS by Emerson Climate
350. zssl the REFCON Data Service is a part of the Data Engine The REFCON Data Service allows any external software to read data from and or write data to REFCON Writing data does require specific permissions This means that any software developer can create an application that uses data from or changes data in REFCON This can be done without Emerson Climate Technologies knowledge 2015 Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS B Understanding and Maintaining REFCON m or accept Of course Emerson Climate Technologies takes no responsibility for and does not service any such applications Emerson Climate Technologies does however deliver a variety of plug ins that are or can be parts of your REFCON system A plug in works together with REFCON 6 through the REFCON Data Service How to make software use the REFCON Data Service To develop third party interfacing software please request the REFCON Data Service Programmer s guide from Emerson Climate Technologies Transportation Solutions ApS a Third party software can run on any computer connected to the REFCON Main PC by LAN Note that the same is true for plug ins delivered by Emerson Climate Technologies however these are as standard installed on the REFCON Main PC Plug ins Normally a plug in is a service running on the REFCON Main PC You can check that it is running by inspecting Processes in Windows Task Manager There can be zero

User`s Guide - Emerson Climate Technologies

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents